WO2020200136A1 - Gateway selection system and method - Google Patents

Gateway selection system and method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020200136A1
WO2020200136A1 PCT/CN2020/081939 CN2020081939W WO2020200136A1 WO 2020200136 A1 WO2020200136 A1 WO 2020200136A1 CN 2020081939 W CN2020081939 W CN 2020081939W WO 2020200136 A1 WO2020200136 A1 WO 2020200136A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sgw
session
pgw
mme
message
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/081939
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
龙思锐
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020200136A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020200136A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/11Allocation or use of connection identifiers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/19Connection re-establishment

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a gateway selection system and method.
  • the 3rd generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) standard working group began research on EPS (evolved packet system, evolved packet system) from R8.
  • EPS evolved packet system
  • the entire EPS system can be divided into two parts: the wireless access network and the core network.
  • MME mobility management entity
  • S-GW serving gateway
  • PDN gateway packet data gateway
  • SDN software-defined network
  • the original PGW is split into a packet data gateway control plane function entity (PDN gateway control plane function, PGW-C) and a packet data gateway user plane function entity (PDN gateway user plane function) , PGW-U) two functional entities
  • the original SGW is split into a Serving Gateway Control plane function entity (Serving Gateway Control plane function, SGW-C) and a Serving Gateway User plane function entity (Serving Gateway User plane function, SGW-U) ) Two functional entities.
  • SGW-C and SGW-U may have a one-to-many relationship, and one SGW-C device may correspond to one or more SGW-U devices.
  • PGW-C and PGW-U can have a one-to-many relationship, and one PGW-C device may correspond to one or more PGW-U devices.
  • the SGW-U in the core network may fail or restart. After the SGW-U in the core network fails or restarts, services will be interrupted. Therefore, after the functional entity in the core network fails or restarts, the SGW-U needs to be reselected. How to reselect SGW-U is a problem that needs to be solved urgently.
  • the embodiment of the application provides a gateway selection system and method, which can reselect the SGW-U.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection system.
  • the gateway selection system includes a mobility management entity MME, multiple serving gateway control plane function entities SGW-C, and multiple serving gateway user plane function entities SGW-U, wherein: the first SGW-C is used to send the identifier of the first SGW-U to the MME when it is detected that the first SGW-U is abnormal, and the first SGW-C is one of the multiple SGW-Cs -C, the first SGW-U is the SGW-U docked with the first SGW-C among the multiple SGW-Us; the MME is used to receive the identity of the first SGW-U from the first SGW-C; MME, It is also used to determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U, and to reselect the second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session; the second SGW-C is used to One session reselects the second SGW-U that has
  • the MME can reselect a second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session, and the second SGW-C can reselect a second SGW-U that has not failed for the first session.
  • the second SGW-C and the second SGW-U can subsequently provide services for the first session.
  • the MME is also used to record the identity of the SGW-U used in the session; the MME determines the identity of the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identity of the first SGW-U
  • the specific implementation is as follows: the MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first SGW-U. Based on this specific design, the MME can accurately determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the specific implementation manner for the MME to reselect the second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session is: when the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session, the MME reselects the failed SGW-C for the first session. The second SGW-C that failed.
  • the MME when the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session, it can trigger the reselection of the SGW-C for the corresponding session, and this specific design is beneficial for timely restoration of emergency services.
  • the gateway selection system also includes multiple packet data network gateway control plane functional entities PGW-C and multiple packet data network gateway user plane functional entities PGW-U.
  • the first PGW-C uses After receiving the identifier of the abnormal first SGW-U from the first PGW-U or the first SGW-C, the first PGW-C is the PGW-C that is docked with the first SGW-C among the plurality of PGW-Cs , The first PGW-U is the PGW-U that is docked with the first SGW-U and the first PGW-C among the plurality of PGW-Us; the first PGW-C is also used to identify the first SGW-U Determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U; the first PGW-C is also used to send a first message to the MME when the downlink signaling of the second session is received, and the first message is used to trigger the MME to be the first The second session reselects a non-faulty SGW-C; the
  • the first SGW-C is also used to send the identification of the SGW-U used in the session to the first PGW-C; the first PGW-C is also used to receive from the first SGW-C The ID of the SGW-U used in the session, and the ID of the SGW-U corresponding to the session is recorded in the session; the first PGW-C determines the ID of the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the ID of the first SGW-U
  • the specific implementation is as follows: the first PGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first PGW-C can accurately determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the gateway selection system also includes multiple packet data network gateway control plane functional entities PGW-C and multiple packet data network gateway user plane functional entities PGW-U.
  • PGW-C packet data network gateway control plane functional entities
  • PGW-U packet data network gateway user plane functional entities
  • the first SGW-C and It is used to determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U when the abnormality of the first SGW-U is detected
  • the first PGW-C is used to receive the first signaling corresponding to the second session, and according to the first The signaling sends the second signaling corresponding to the second session to the first SGW-C.
  • the first PGW-C is the PGW-C that is connected to the first SGW-C among the multiple PGW-Cs; the first SGW-C also Used to receive the second signaling from the first PGW-C and send a response to the second signaling to the first PGW-C.
  • the response of the second signaling carries the reason for indicating that the context of the second session is not found Value; the first PGW-C is also used to receive the response of the second signaling from the first SGW-C, and send a first message to the MME, the first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty for the second session SGW-C; MME, also used to receive the first message from the first PGW-C, and according to the first message for the second session to re-select a third SGW-C that has not failed; the third SGW-C, used Reselect the third SGW-U that has not failed for the second session.
  • the first SGW-C is also used to record the identification of the SGW-U used in the session; the first SGW-C determines the specific details of the second session affected by the first SGW-U
  • the implementation manner is: the first SGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first SGW-C can accurately determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the first SGW-C is also used to delete the second session after receiving the dedicated bearer creation request corresponding to the second session. Since the SGW-C needs to be re-selected for the second session, the retention of the second session in the first SGW-C has no effect, and the first SGW-C needs to delete the second session.
  • the gateway selection system also includes multiple packet data network gateway control plane functional entities PGW-C and multiple packet data network gateway user plane functional entities PGW-U, where: the first PGW-U uses When the abnormality of the first SGW-U is detected, the third session affected by the first SGW-U is determined, and the first PGW-U is the PGW-U docking with the first SGW-U among the plurality of PGW-Us. U; The first PGW-U is also used to send a notification message to the first PGW-C when receiving a downlink data packet of the third session, and the notification message is used to notify the third session that the downlink data packet is received.
  • PGW-C packet data network gateway control plane functional entities
  • PGW-U packet data network gateway user plane functional entities
  • One PGW-C is the PGW-C that is docked with the first PGW-U among the multiple PGW-Cs; the first PGW-C is also used to receive notification messages from the first PGW-U and send a second message to the MME , The second message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the third session; the MME is also used to receive the second message from the PGW-C, and reselect a non-failed SGW-C for the third session according to the second message The failed fourth SGW-C; the fourth SGW-C is used to reselect the unfailed fourth SGW-U for the third session.
  • the downlink data message sent by the network side can trigger the reselection of the SGW-U for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-U in a timely manner, which is beneficial to timely restoration of the affected services.
  • the first PGW-U is also used to record the identification of the SGW-U used in the session; the first PGW-U determines the specific details of the third session affected by the first SGW-U The implementation manner is: the first PGW-U determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first SGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first PGW-U can accurately determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method, the method includes: the first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C detects that the first serving gateway user plane function entity docked with the first SGW-C When the SGW-U is abnormal, it sends the identity of the first SGW-U to the mobility management entity MME; the MME receives the identity of the first SGW-U from the first SGW-C, and determines the identity of the first SGW-U according to the identity of the first SGW-U.
  • the MME records the identification of the SGW-U used by the session in the session; the specific implementation manner for the MME to determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identification of the first SGW-U is: The MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the specific implementation manner for the MME to reselect the second SGW-C that is not failed for the first session is: when the MME receives the service request of the first session, the MME reselects the non-failed second SGW-C for the first session The second SGW-C.
  • the method further includes the following steps: the first PGW-C receives the identifier of the abnormal first SGW-U from the first PGW-U or the first SGW-C, and the first PGW-C Is a PGW-C docked with the first SGW-C, the first PGW-U is a PGW-U docked with the first SGW-U and the first PGW-C; the first PGW-C is based on the first SGW-U Identify the second session affected by the first SGW-U; when the first PGW-C receives the downlink signaling of the second session, it sends a first message to the MME, and the first message is used to trigger the MME to be the second session Reselect a non-faulty SGW-C; MME receives the first message from the first PGW-C, and selects a non-failed third SGW-C for the second session according to the first message; the third SGW-C is the first The second session reselects the third
  • the method further includes the following steps: the first SGW-C sends to the first PGW-C the identifier of the SGW-U used in the session; the first PGW-C receives the session from the first SGW-C The identifier of the SGW-U used, and the identifier of the SGW-U corresponding to the session is recorded in the session; the first PGW-C determines the specific details of the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U The implementation manner is: the first PGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the method further includes the following steps: when the first SGW-C detects that the first SGW-U is abnormal, it determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U; the first PGW-C Receive the first signaling corresponding to the second session, and send the second signaling corresponding to the second session to the first SGW-C according to the first signaling.
  • the first PGW-C is the PGW that interfaces with the first SGW-C -C; the first SGW-C receives the second signaling from the first PGW-C, and sends a response to the second signaling to the first PGW-C, and the response of the second signaling carries a response to indicate that the second signaling is not found
  • the reason value of the context of the second session the first PGW-C receives the response of the second signaling from the first SGW-C, and sends a first message to the MME, which is used to trigger the MME to reselect one for the second session
  • the non-faulty SGW-C; the MME receives the first message from the first PGW-C, and re-selects a third SGW-C for the second session based on the first message; the third SGW-C is the second session Reselect the third SGW-U that has not failed.
  • the first SGW-C records the identification of the SGW-U used by the session in the session; the specific implementation manner for the first SGW-C to determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U is: The first SGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the first SGW-C deletes the second session after receiving the dedicated bearer creation request corresponding to the second session.
  • the method further includes the following steps: when the first PGW-U detects that the first SGW-U is abnormal, it determines the third session affected by the first SGW-U, and the first PGW-U U is the PGW-U docked with the first SGW-U; when the first PGW-U receives the downlink data message of the third session, it sends a notification message to the first PGW-C, and the notification message is used to notify the third session Receiving a downlink data message, the first PGW-C is the PGW-C docking with the first PGW-U; the first PGW-C receives the notification message from the first PGW-U and sends a second message to the MME, The second message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the third session; the MME receives the second message from the PGW-C, and selects a non-failed fourth SGW for the third session according to the second message -C; the fourth SGW-C
  • the first PGW-U may also record the identification of the SGW-U used by the session in the session; the first PGW-U determines the specific implementation of the third session affected by the first SGW-U It is: the first PGW-U determines that the session with the identity of the first SGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the beneficial effects of the second aspect or the specific design of the second aspect can be referred to the beneficial effects of the above-mentioned first aspect or the specific design of the first aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method, the method includes: a mobility management entity MME receives an abnormal first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-C from a first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C The identifier of U, the first SGW-C is docked with the first SGW-U; the MME determines the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U; the MME re-selects no failure for the first session The second SGW-C.
  • the MME may also record the identification of the SGW-U corresponding to the session in the session; the specific implementation manner of the MME determining the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identification of the first SGW-U is as follows: : The MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the specific implementation manner for the MME to reselect the second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session is: when the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session, the MME reselects the failed SGW-C for the first session. The second SGW-C that failed.
  • the beneficial effects of the third aspect or the specific design of the third aspect can be referred to the beneficial effects of the above-mentioned first aspect or the specific design of the first aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method.
  • the method includes: a first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C from the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U or the first
  • the serving gateway control plane functional entity SGW-C receives the identifier of the abnormal first serving gateway user plane functional entity SGW-U, the first PGW-C is docked with the first PGW-U, and the first PGW-C is connected to The first SGW-C is docked, the first SGW-U is docked with the first PGW-U, and the first SGW-U is docked with the first SGW-C; the first PGW-C is based on the first SGW-U
  • the identifier determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U; when the first PGW-C receives the downlink signaling of the second session, it sends a first message to the mobility management entity MME, which is used to trigger the MME to be The second session selects a non-faulty SGW
  • the first PGW-C may also receive the identification of the SGW-U used in the session from the first SGW-C; the first PGW-C may also record the SGW-U used in the session in the session
  • the first PGW-C determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identity of the first SGW-U: The first PGW-C determines that the session has the identity of the first SGW-U The session at is the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the beneficial effects of the specific design of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect can be referred to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the above-mentioned first aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method.
  • the method includes: when the first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C detects that the connected first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U is abnormal, The first SGW-C determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U; the first SGW-C receives the second signaling corresponding to the second session from the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C; first The SGW-C sends a response of the second signaling to the first PGW-C, and the response of the second signaling carries a cause value indicating that the context of the second session is not found.
  • the first SGW-C may also record the identification of the SGW-U used by the session in the session; the first SGW-C determines the specific implementation of the second session affected by the first SGW-U This is: the first SGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the first SGW-C after receiving the dedicated bearer creation request corresponding to the second session, deletes the second session.
  • the beneficial effects of the specific design of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect can be referred to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the above-mentioned first aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method.
  • the method includes: a first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C receives first signaling; and the first PGW-C receives first signaling according to the first signaling Send the second signaling to the first serving gateway control plane functional entity SGW-C; the first PGW-C receives the response of the second signaling from the first SGW-C, and the response of the second signaling carries the indication The reason value of the second session context is not found.
  • the second session is a session in the first SGW-C that is affected by the abnormal first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U; the first PGW-C sends to the mobility management entity MME The first message, which is used to trigger the MME to re-select a third SGW-C that is not faulty for the second session.
  • the beneficial effects of the sixth aspect can be referred to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the first aspect described above, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method.
  • the method includes: the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U detects that the connected first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U is abnormal When the first PGW-U determines the third session that is affected by the first SGW-U; when the first PGW-U receives the downlink data packet of the third session, it reports to the control plane function entity of the first packet data network gateway that is connected The PGW-C sends a notification message, which is used to notify the third session that the downlink data packet is received.
  • the first PGW-U may also record the identification of the SGW-U used by the session in the session; the first PGW-U determines the specific implementation of the third session affected by the first SGW-U It is: the first PGW-U determines that the session with the identity of the first SGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the beneficial effects of the specific design of the seventh aspect or the seventh aspect may refer to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the above-mentioned first aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method.
  • the method includes: the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C receives a notification message from the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U , The notification message is used to notify that the downlink data packet of the third session is received, and the third session is the session in the first PGW-U that is affected by the abnormal first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U; the first PGW -C sends a first message to the mobility management entity MME, where the first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the third session.
  • the beneficial effects of the eighth aspect can be referred to the specific design of the above-mentioned first aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection system, which includes a mobility management entity MME, multiple serving gateway control plane function entities SGW-C, multiple serving gateway user plane function entities SGW-U, Multiple packet data network gateway control plane function entities PGW-C and multiple packet data network gateway user plane function entities PGW-U, among which: the first PGW-U is used to slave the first PGW-C or the first SGW-U Receive the identifier of the abnormal first SGW-C, where the first PGW-U is one of the multiple PGW-Us, and the first PGW-C and the first SGW-U are respectively the same as the first PGW-U For docking, the first PGW-C and the first SGW-U are respectively docked with the first SGW-C; the first PGW-U is used to determine the first SGW-C affected by the first SGW-C according to the identifier of the first SGW-C The first session; the first PGW-U is also used to send a notification message to the first PGW
  • the first PGW-C is also used to send the identification of the SGW-C used in the session to the first PGW-U; the first PGW-U is also used to receive from the first PGW-C The identification of the SGW-C used in the session, and the identification of the SGW-C used in the session is recorded in the session; the first PGW-U determines the first session affected by the first SGW-C according to the identification of the first SGW-C
  • the specific implementation manner is: the first PGW-U determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-C in the session is the first session affected by the first SGW-C. Based on this specific design, the first PGW-U can accurately determine the first session affected by the first SGW-C.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method.
  • the method includes: a first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U from the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C or the first
  • the serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U receives the identifier of the first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C that is abnormal, and the first PGW-C and the first SGW-U are respectively connected to the first PGW-U, and the first PGW -C and the first SGW-U are respectively connected to the first SGW-C;
  • the first PGW-U determines the first session affected by the first SGW-C according to the identification of the first SGW-C;
  • the first PGW-U is receiving When the downlink data message of the first session is reached, a notification message is sent to the first PGW-C, and the notification message is used to notify the reception of the downlink data message of the first session;
  • the first PGW-C receives the first PGW-U Notify the message and send a
  • the first message is used to trigger the MME to re-select a non-faulty SGW-C for the first session; the MME receives the first message from the first PGW-C, and then according to the first message Reselect a second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session.
  • the method may further include the following steps: the first PGW-C sends to the first PGW-U the identification of the SGW-C used in the session; the first PGW-U receives from the first PGW-C The identifier of the SGW-C used in the session; the identifier of the SGW-C used by the first PGW-U to record the session in the session; the first PGW-U determines that it is affected by the first SGW-C according to the identifier of the first SGW-C
  • the specific implementation of the first session is: the first PGW-U determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-C in the session is the first session affected by the first SGW-C.
  • the beneficial effects of the specific design of the tenth aspect or the tenth aspect may refer to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the ninth aspect or the ninth aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method.
  • the method includes: a first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U obtains from the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C or A serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U receives the identifier of the abnormal first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C, and the first PGW-C and the first SGW-U are connected to the first PGW-U respectively, The first PGW-C and the first SGW-U are respectively docked with the first SGW-C; the first PGW-U determines the first session affected by the first SGW-C according to the identifier of the first SGW-C; When a PGW-U receives the downlink data message of the first session, it sends a notification message to the first PGW-C, where the notification message is used to notify the reception of the downlink data message of the first session.
  • the first PGW-U may also receive the identification of the SGW-C used in the session from the first PGW-C; the first PGW-U may also record the SGW-C used in the session in the session.
  • the identification of C; the first PGW-U determines the first session affected by the first SGW-C according to the identification of the first SGW-C: the first PGW-U determines that the session has the first SGW-C
  • the identified session is the first session affected by the first SGW-C.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method.
  • the method includes: the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C receives a notification from the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U Message, the notification message is used to notify that the downlink data packet of the first session is received, the first session is the session in the first PGW-U that is affected by the abnormal first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C; the first PGW -C sends a first message to the mobility management entity MME, where the first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the first session.
  • the first PGW-C when the first PGW-C determines that the first SGW-C is abnormal, it sends the first SGW-C identifier to the first PGW-U.
  • the first PGW-C sends the identification of the SGW-C corresponding to the session to the first PGW-U.
  • the beneficial effects of the specific design of the eleventh aspect or the eleventh aspect may refer to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the ninth aspect or the ninth aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a service recovery system.
  • the service recovery system includes a mobility management entity MME, multiple serving gateway control plane function entities SGW-C, multiple serving gateway user plane function entities SGW-U, Multiple packet data network gateway control plane function entities PGW-C and multiple packet data network gateway user plane function entities PGW-U, among which: the first SGW-C is used to slave the first PGW-C or the first SGW-U Receive the identifier of the first PGW-U that is abnormal, the first SGW-C is one of the plurality of SGW-Cs, and the first PGW-C is the PGW of the plurality of PGW-Cs that is connected to the first SGW-C -C, the first SGW-U is the SGW-U docked with the first SGW-C among the plurality of SGW-Us, and the first PGW-U is docked with the first PGW-C and the first SGW-C respectively; SGW-C is used to send the identifier of the
  • the MME is also used to record the identity of the PGW-U used in the session; the MME determines the specific identity of the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identity of the first PGW-U
  • the implementation manner is: the MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first PGW-U. Based on this specific design, the MME can accurately determine the first session affected by the first PGW-U.
  • the MME deletes the first session and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a packet data network PDN connection.
  • the specific implementation is: when the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session To delete the first session, and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a PDN connection.
  • the MME when the MME receives the signaling sent by the user equipment side, it can trigger the restoration of the service corresponding to the signaling. Therefore, this design facilitates the timely restoration of emergency services.
  • the first SGW-U is used to determine the second session affected by the first PGW-U when it is determined that the first PGW-U is abnormal; the first SGW-U is used to When the uplink data message of the second session arrives, a notification message is sent to the first SGW-C, and the notification message is used to notify the second session that the uplink data message is received; the first SGW-C is used to send the message from the first SGW-C.
  • U receives the notification message; the first SGW-C is also used to delete the second session and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the second session to re-establish a PDN connection. Based on this design, when the first SGW-U receives the uplink data message of the second session, it can trigger the service recovery of the second session in time.
  • the first SGW-U is also used to record the identification of the PGW-U used in the session; the first SGW-U determines the specific details of the second session affected by the first PGW-U
  • the implementation manner is: the first SGW-U determines that the session with the identity of the first PGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first PGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first SGW-U can accurately determine the second session affected by the first PGW-U.
  • the first PGW-C is used to determine the third session affected by the first PGW-U when an abnormality of the first PGW-U is detected; the first PGW-C is also used for When the downlink signaling of the third session is received, the third session is deleted, and the user equipment corresponding to the third session is instructed to re-establish the PDN connection. Based on this design, the first PGW-C can trigger the service recovery of the third session in time when receiving the signaling of the third session.
  • the first PGW-C is also used to record the identification of the PGW-U used in the session; the first PGW-C determines the specific details of the third session affected by the first PGW-U
  • the implementation manner is: the first PGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first PGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first PGW-C can accurately determine the third session affected by the first PGW-U.
  • the first PGW-C is also used to send a message to the second PGW-U used in the fourth session according to the signaling of the fourth session when the signaling of the fourth session is received;
  • the first PGW-C is also used to, after retransmitting the message to the second PGW-U, if the first PGW-C does not receive a response message for the message within a preset time period, delete the fourth session and indicate the first The user equipment corresponding to the fourth session re-establishes the PDN connection.
  • the first PGW-C does not sense the abnormality of the second PGW-U in time, the services affected by the second PGW-U can be restored in time.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a service recovery method.
  • the method includes: the first serving gateway control plane function realizing SGW-C from the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C or the first service
  • the gateway user plane function entity SGW-U receives the identifier of the abnormal first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U.
  • the first PGW-C is connected to the first SGW-C, and the first SGW-U is connected to the first SGW-U docked with SGW-C, the first PGW-U is docked with the first PGW-C, and the first PGW-U is docked with the first SGW-U; the first SGW-C sends the abnormal first to the mobility management entity MME A PGW-U identifier; the MME receives the identifier of the first PGW-U from the first SGW-C; the MME determines the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identifier of the first PGW-U; the MME responds to the first session Delete, and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a packet data network PDN connection.
  • the MME records the identification of the PGW-U used by the session in the session; the specific implementation manner for the MME to determine the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identification of the first PGW-U is: The MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first PGW-U.
  • the MME deletes the first session and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a packet data network PDN connection.
  • the specific implementation is: when the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session To delete the first session, and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a PDN connection.
  • the method further includes the following steps: when the first SGW-U determines that the first PGW-U is abnormal, it determines the second session affected by the first PGW-U; When receiving the uplink data packet of the second session, send a notification message to the first SGW-C, the notification message is used to notify the second session that the uplink data packet is received; the first SGW-C receives the uplink data packet from the first SGW-U Notification message; the first SGW-C deletes the second session and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the second session to re-establish a PDN connection.
  • the first SGW-U can also record the identification of the PGW-U used by the session in the session; the first SGW-U determines the specific implementation of the second session affected by the first PGW-U It is: the first SGW-U determines that the session with the identity of the first PGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first PGW-U.
  • the method further includes the following steps: when the first PGW-C detects that the first PGW-U is abnormal, it determines the third session affected by the first PGW-U; the first PGW-C When the downlink signaling of the third session is received, the third session is deleted, and the user equipment corresponding to the third session is instructed to re-establish the PDN connection.
  • the first PGW-C records the identification of the PGW-U used by the session in the session; the specific implementation manner for the first PGW-C to determine the third session affected by the first PGW-U is: The first PGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first PGW-U.
  • the first PGW-C when the first PGW-C receives the signaling of the fourth session, it sends a message to the second PGW-U used in the fourth session according to the signaling of the fourth session; the first PGW-C After C retransmits the message to the second PGW-U, if the first PGW-C does not receive the response message of the message within the preset time period, delete the fourth session and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the fourth session to re-establish PDN connection.
  • the beneficial effects of the specific design of the fourteenth aspect or the fourteenth aspect can be referred to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect or the thirteenth aspect, and the repetition will not be omitted. Repeat.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a service recovery method.
  • the method includes: a mobility management entity MME receives an abnormal first packet data network gateway user plane function from a first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C The identity of the entity PGW-U; the MME determines the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identity of the first PGW-U; the MME deletes the first session and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish packet data Network PDN connection.
  • the MME may also record the identification of the PGW-U used in the session; the MME determines the specific implementation of the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identification of the first PGW-U It is: the MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first PGW-U.
  • the MME deletes the first session and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a packet data network PDN connection.
  • the specific implementation is: when the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session To delete the first session, and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a PDN connection.
  • the beneficial effects of the specific design of the fifteenth aspect or the fifteenth aspect may refer to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the thirteenth aspect or the specific design of the thirteenth aspect. Repeat.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a service recovery method, which includes: when the first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U determines that the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U is abnormal , Determine the second session affected by the first PGW-U; when the first SGW-U receives the uplink data message of the second session, it sends a notification message to the first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C. The message is used to notify the second session that the uplink data packet is received.
  • the first SGW-U can also record the identification of the PGW-U used by the session in the session; the first SGW-U determines the specific implementation of the second session affected by the first PGW-U It is: the first SGW-U determines that the session with the identity of the first PGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first PGW-U.
  • the beneficial effects of the specific design of the sixteenth aspect or the sixteenth aspect may refer to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a service recovery method.
  • the method includes: the first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C receives a notification message from the first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U, and the notification message Used to notify the second session that the uplink data packet is received.
  • the second session is the session affected by the abnormal first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U; the first SGW-C deletes the second session and instructs the second session The user equipment corresponding to the session re-establishes the PDN connection.
  • the beneficial effects of the seventeenth aspect may refer to the specific design of the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a service recovery method.
  • the method includes: the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C detects that the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U When an exception occurs, determine the third session affected by the first PGW-U; when the first PGW-C receives the downlink signaling of the third session, delete the third session and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the third session to re-establish PDN connection.
  • the first PGW-C may also record the identification of the PGW-U used by the session in the session; the first PGW-C determines the specific implementation of the third session affected by the first PGW-U It is: the first PGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first PGW-U.
  • the first PGW-C when the first PGW-C receives the signaling of the fourth session, it sends a message to the second PGW-U used in the fourth session according to the signaling of the fourth session; the first PGW-C After C retransmits the message to the second PGW-U, if the first PGW-C does not receive the response message of the message within the preset time period, delete the fourth session and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the fourth session to re-establish PDN connection.
  • the beneficial effects of the specific design of the eighteenth aspect or the eighteenth aspect may refer to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • a network device can execute the above-mentioned third aspect to the eighth aspect, the specific design of the third aspect to the specific design of the eighth aspect, the eleventh aspect, the twelfth aspect, and the third aspect.
  • This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the unit can be software and/or hardware.
  • the principle and beneficial effects of the root node to solve the problem can be found in the third aspect to the eighth aspect, the specific design of the third aspect to the specific design of the eighth aspect, the eleventh aspect, and the twelfth aspect.
  • the specific design of the eleventh aspect, the specific design of the twelfth aspect, the specific design of the fifteenth aspect to the eighteenth aspect, the specific design of the fifteenth aspect to the specific design of the eighteenth aspect The methods and beneficial effects of the items will not be repeated here.
  • a network device in a twentieth aspect, includes a processor, a memory, and a communication interface; the processor, the communication interface and the memory are connected; wherein the communication interface may be a transceiver.
  • the communication interface is used to realize communication with other network elements.
  • one or more programs are stored in the memory, and the processor calls the programs stored in the memory to implement the third aspect to the eighth aspect, the specific design of the third aspect to the specific design of the eighth aspect ,
  • the eleventh aspect, the twelfth aspect, the specific design of the eleventh aspect, the specific design of the twelfth aspect, the fifteenth aspect to the eighteenth aspect, the specific design of the fifteenth aspect to the tenth For the method of any one of the eight aspects of the specific design, the implementation of the network device to solve the problem and the beneficial effects can be referred to the third aspect to the eighth aspect, and the specific design of the third aspect to the eighth aspect.
  • the eleventh aspect, the twelfth aspect, the specific design of the eleventh aspect, the specific design of the twelfth aspect, the fifteenth aspect to the eighteenth aspect, the specific design of the fifteenth aspect to the tenth The method and beneficial effects of any one of the eight aspects of the specific design will not be repeated here.
  • a computer program product which when it runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned third aspect to the eighth aspect, the specific design of the third aspect to the eighth aspect,
  • the twenty-second aspect provides a chip product that implements the above-mentioned third aspect to the eighth aspect, the specific design of the third aspect to the specific design of the eighth aspect, the eleventh aspect, the twelfth aspect, and the The specific design of the eleventh aspect, the specific design of the twelfth aspect, the specific design of the fifteenth aspect to the eighteenth aspect, the specific design of the fifteenth aspect to the specific design of the eighteenth aspect. .
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the aforementioned third to eighth aspects, and Three specific designs ⁇ eighth specific design, eleventh, twelfth, eleventh specific design, twelfth specific design, fifteenth to tenth Eighth aspect, fifteenth aspect specific design ⁇ eighteenth aspect specific design method.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of an existing communication system
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of another gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of yet another gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of yet another gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of yet another gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a service recovery method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another service recovery method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another service recovery method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system includes at least a mobility management entity (MME), multiple serving gateway control plane function entities (serving gateway control plane functions, SGW-C), and multiple serving gateway user plane functions Entity (serving gateway user plane function, SGW-U), multiple packet data network gateway control plane function entities (PDN gateway control plane function, PGW-C), and multiple packet data network gateway user plane function entities (PDN gateway user plane) function, PGW-U).
  • MME mobility management entity
  • SGW-C serving gateway control plane functions
  • SGW-U serving gateway user plane functions Entity
  • PDN gateway control plane function, PGW-C multiple packet data network gateway control plane function entities
  • PGW-U packet data network gateway user plane function entities
  • PGW-U packet data network gateway user plane function
  • Figure 2 takes the communication system including 2 SGW-C, 4 SGW-U, 2 PGW-C and 4 PGW-U as an example.
  • the communication system can also include more SGW-C and SGW -U, PGW-C and PGW-U.
  • the communication system may include less than 4 SGW-Us and less than 4 PGW-Us, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • one SGW-C can be connected to one or more SGW-Us, and one SGW-U can also be connected to one or more SGW-Cs, and the SGW-C and SGW-U communicate through the Sxa interface.
  • One SGW-C can be connected to one or more PGW-Cs, and one PGW-C can also be connected to one or more SGW-Cs.
  • SGW-C and PGW-C communicate through the S5/8-C interface.
  • a PGW-C can be connected to one or more PGW-Us, and a PGW-U can be connected to one or more PGW-Cs.
  • PGW-C and PGW-U communicate through the Sxb interface.
  • One SGW-U can be connected to one or more PGW-Us, and one PGW-U can also be connected to one or more SGW-Us.
  • the SGW-U and PGW-U communicate through the S5/8-U interface.
  • MME can be used for access control, mobility management, attach and detach, session management functions, selection of SGW-C and PGW-C, etc.
  • MME can be used for access control, mobility management, attach and detach, session management functions, selection of SGW-C and PGW-C, etc.
  • SGW-C is used to manage or select SGW-U, or to implement other non-session-level management functions.
  • PGW-C is used to manage or select PGW-U, or to implement other non-session-level management functions.
  • SGW-U and PGW-U are used for IP packet forwarding, bearer/APN traffic attention, service detection, etc.
  • SGW-C, PGW-C, SGW-U and PGW-U please refer to the descriptions in 3GPP TS 23.214 and other standards, which will not be repeated here.
  • the communication system may also include an evolved universal mobile telecommunications system territorial radio access network (E-UTRAN) and user equipment (UE).
  • E-UTRAN evolved universal mobile telecommunications system territorial radio access network
  • UE user equipment
  • FIG. 2 takes one UE as an example.
  • the communication system may also include multiple UEs, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • SGW-U and E-UTRAN communicate through the S1-U interface.
  • E-UTRAN communicates with UE through LTE-Uu interface.
  • the above-mentioned E-UTRAN includes access network equipment.
  • the access network device can provide communication coverage for a specific geographic area, and can communicate with user equipment located in the coverage area.
  • the access network device can support communication protocols of different standards or can support different communication modes.
  • the access network equipment may be an evolved base station (evolutional node B, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or a radio network controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN), or may be
  • the access network equipment in the 5G network such as gNB, may be a small station, a micro station, or a transmission reception point (TRP), or a relay station, an access point, or a public land mobile network that will evolve in the future.
  • PLMN Land mobile network
  • the aforementioned UE may refer to an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a terminal device, a mobile terminal, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent, or a user device.
  • the access terminal can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the Internet of Things, virtual reality devices, terminal devices in the fifth generation (5G) network, or Terminal equipment in the future evolving public land mobile network (PLMN).
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • the aforementioned MME, SGW-C, SGW-U, PGW-C, and PGW-U are devices in the core network.
  • UE, E-UTRAN, and core network form an evolved packet system (Evolved Packet System, EPS).
  • EPS evolved Packet System
  • the communication system may also include a Packet Data Network (PDN).
  • PDN and PGW-U communicate through the SGi interface.
  • the UE In the LTE network, the UE must be connected to at least one PDN to perform data communication.
  • the PDN connection established between the UE and the PDN may also be called a session.
  • the UE can receive data from the PDN and can also send data to the PDN.
  • the session is carried by EPS to transmit data between the UE and the PDN.
  • the EPS bearer can bear the data of services such as videophone, network video, and VoLTE. If the SGW-U is abnormal, the channel between the UE and the PDN will be interrupted, causing the conversation service to not be able to proceed normally. Therefore, SGW-U needs to be reselected for the affected session.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a gateway selection system and method, which can reselect SGW-U for sessions affected by abnormal SGW-U when SGW-U fails.
  • the gateway selection system may include the network elements in the aforementioned communication system.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method described in FIG. 3 is used to reselect the SGW-U in time for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-U when the SGW-U is abnormal.
  • the first session affected by the failed SGW-U is recorded through the MME.
  • the MME can actively reselect the SGW-U for the first session.
  • the MME may initiate the process of reselecting the SGW-U for the first session when receiving the signaling of the first session from the user equipment side.
  • the gateway selection method includes the following parts 301 to 304, among which:
  • the first SGW-C sends an identification of the first SGW-U to the MME when detecting that the first SGW-U docked with the first SGW-C is abnormal.
  • the first SGW-C is any one SGW-C among the multiple SGW-Cs in the aforementioned gateway selection system.
  • the first SGW-U is any SGW-U among the SGW-Us docked with the first SGW-C.
  • the first SGW-C may be SGW-C1 or SGW-C2 in FIG. 2.
  • the first SGW-C is SGW-C1
  • the first SGW-U is SGW-U1 or SGW-U2 in FIG. 2.
  • the first SGW-C is SGW-C2
  • the first SGW-U is SGW-U3 or SGW-U4 in FIG. 2.
  • the identifier of the first SGW-U may be the IP address of the first SGW-U.
  • the abnormality of the first SGW-U may mean that the first SGW-U fails or the first SGW-U restarts.
  • the first SGW-C can determine whether the first SGW-U is abnormal through the HeatBeat message of the Sx interface. For example, the first SGW-C may send a HeatBeat request message to the first SGW-U at a preset time period. After receiving the HeatBeat request message, the first SGW-U returns a HeatBeat response message to the first SGW-C. If the first SGW-C does not receive the HeatBeat response message sent by the first SGW-U within the preset time period, the first SGW-C determines that the first SGW-U is faulty.
  • the first SGW-C determines that the first SGW-U restarts. If the first SGW-U restarts, the value of the recovery counter in the HeatBeat response message will increase by 1. Therefore, when the first SGW-C detects that the value of the restoration counter in the HeatBeat response message is different from the value of the restoration counter in the HeatBeat response message received last time, the first SGW-C can determine that the first SGW-U A restart occurred.
  • the first SGW-C may also determine whether the first SGW-U is abnormal in other ways, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first SGW-C may send the identity of the first SGW-U to the MME through the existing Node-level Echo message of the agreement.
  • the first SGW-C may send the identification of the first SGW-U to the MME through an existing session-level session management/mobility management message in the agreement.
  • the first SGW-C may also send the identity of the first SGW-U to the MME through a private Node-level message defined outside the protocol.
  • the MME determines the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identity of the first SGW-U.
  • the MME determines the first session affected by the first SGW-U from the sessions included in the MME according to the identity of the first SGW-U . Due to the failure of the first SGW-U, the services using the session in the first SGW-U will be affected. Therefore, the first session affected by the first SGW-U refers to a session using the MME and the first SGW-U.
  • the MME may record the SGW-U identifier used in the session in the session.
  • the specific implementation manner for the MME to determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U is: the MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is affected by the first SGW-U The first conversation. Based on this specific design, the MME can accurately determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • session 1, session 2, and session 3 use MME, so there are session 1, session 2, and session 3 in the MME.
  • Session 1 and Session 2 also use SGW-C1, SGW-U1, PGW-C1, and PGW-U1.
  • Session 3 also uses SGW-C2, SGW-U3, PGW-C2, and PGW-U3.
  • the MME will record the identification of SGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2, and the identification of SGW-U3 in Session 3.
  • the MME searches for the identifier of SGW-U1 in the MME session.
  • the MME finds the identity of SGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2. Therefore, the MME determines Session 1 and Session 2 as the first session determined to be affected by SGW-U1.
  • the SGW-U used in the session may also be referred to as the SGW-U where the session is located or the SGW-U corresponding to the session.
  • the MME needs to record the first session affected by the first SGW-U so that it can be the first session subsequently.
  • One session reselects the second SGW-C that has not failed.
  • the MME may record the first session affected by the first SGW-U in the following manner: the MME marks the first session. Or, the MME sets a flag bit for the first session. Or, the MME creates a list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U, and adds the first session to the list.
  • the MME After determining that Session 1 and Session 2 are the first sessions affected by SGW-U1, the MME marks Session 1 and Session 2. Or, the MME sets flag bits for session 1 and session 2. Or, the MME adds Session 1 and Session 2 to the list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the MME cancels the recording of the first session. In this way, the MME can subsequently process the service of the first session normally. For example, after the MME re-selects the second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session, the MME cancels the marking of the first session. Or, the MME cancels the flag bit set for the first session. Or, the MME removes the first session from the list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the MME reselects a second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session.
  • the MME after determining the first session, the MME re-selects the second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session, so that the subsequent second SGW-C can provide services for the services of the first session.
  • the second SGW-C may be the same as or different from the first SGW-C, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first SGW-C is SGW-C1.
  • Session 1 and Session 2 are the first sessions affected by SGW-U1.
  • the MME re-selects the second SGW-C that has not failed for session 1, and reselects the second SGW-C that has not failed for session 2.
  • the second SGW-C may be SGW-C1 or SGW-C2, that is, the MME can select the original SGW-C1 to continue to provide services for the first session or select other unfaulted SGW-C2 to continue to provide services for the first session.
  • the second SGW-C reselected by the MME for session 1 may be the same or different from the second SGW-C reselected for session 2, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the MME can reselect the second SGW-C that is not faulty for the first session in the following two ways.
  • Manner 1 There are multiple first sessions that are affected. Even if the MME does not receive the signaling of the first session, the MME can actively reselect the non-failed second SGW-C for the multiple first sessions at a preset rate.
  • the MME When the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session, the MME preferentially reselects the second SGW-C that is not faulty for the first session.
  • the uplink signaling may be a service request.
  • the first affected session includes session 1 to session 100, and the MME re-selects the second SGW-C that is not faulty for session 1 to session 100 at a preset rate.
  • the MME preferentially selects the second SGW-C that is not faulty for the session 100.
  • the MME Due to the large number of first sessions affected, it will take a long time for the MME to re-select the unfaulted second SGW-C for these 100 sessions in batches, which may cause some emergency services to fail to recover in time.
  • the MME when the MME receives the signaling sent by the user equipment side, it can trigger the reselection of the SGW-C for the corresponding session. Through this specific design, it is beneficial to restore emergency services in time.
  • the second SGW-C reselects a second SGW-U that has not failed for the first session.
  • the second SGW-C reselects the unfailed second SGW-U for the first session, so that the subsequent second SGW-U -U can provide services for the business of the first session.
  • SGW-U1 is abnormal, and session 1 in the MME is a session affected by SGW-U1.
  • the MME re-selects the surviving SGW-C2 for session 1.
  • the SGW-C2 reselects the unfaulted SGW-U3 or SGW-U4 to provide services for the first session.
  • the MME may send a create session request to the second SGW-C that has not failed to modify the bearer of the first session.
  • the second SGW-C sends a modify bearer request to the first PGW-C.
  • the first PGW-C is the PGW-C docked with the first SGW-C.
  • the first PGW-C after receiving the bearer modification request, sends a session modification request (session modification request) to the first PGW-U.
  • the first PGW-U is the PGW-U docked with the first PGW-C.
  • the first PGW-U updates the tunnel of the S5S8 interface, and sends a session modification response to the first PGW-C.
  • the tunnel may be a user plane general packet radio service tunneling protocol (general packet radio service tunnelling protocol for the user plane, GTPU) tunnel.
  • the first PGW-C After receiving the session modification response, sends a modification bearer response to the second SGW-C. After the second SGW-C receives the modify bearer response, the second SGW-C sends a create session response to the MME.
  • the second SGW-C may also send a packet forwarding control protocol (packet forwarding control protocol, PFCP) Session establishment request to establish a session between the second SGW-C and the second SGW-U.
  • PFCP packet forwarding control protocol
  • the second SGW-U may send a PFCP Session establishment response to the second SGW-C.
  • the MME can reselect the second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session, and the second SGW-C can reselect the second SGW-U that has not failed for the first session.
  • the second SGW-C and the second SGW-U can subsequently provide services for the first session.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of another gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method described in Figure 4 is used to reselect SGW-U in time for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-U when the SGW-U is abnormal.
  • the second session affected by the failed SGW-U is recorded through the PGW-C.
  • the PGW-C receives the downlink signaling of the second session, it initiates the process of reselecting the SGW-U for the second session.
  • the gateway selection method includes the following parts 401 to 405, in which:
  • the first PGW-C receives an identifier of the first SGW-U that is abnormal from the first PGW-U or the first SGW-C.
  • the first SGW-C is any one in the gateway selection system.
  • the first PGW-C is connected to the first PGW-U and the first SGW-C respectively.
  • the first SGW-U is connected to the first PGW-U and the first SGW-C respectively.
  • the first SGW-C is SGW-C1, and the first PGW-C is PGW-C1.
  • the first SGW-U is SGW-U1, and the first PGW-U is PGW-U1.
  • the PGW-U1 can detect whether the SGW-U1 is abnormal, and when the SGW-U1 is detected to be abnormal, the SGW-U1 identifier is sent to the PGW-C1 to notify the PGW-C1 of the abnormal SGW-U1.
  • the SGW-C1 may also detect whether the SGW-U1 is abnormal, and when the SGW-U1 is detected to be abnormal, the SGW-U1 identifier is sent to the PGW-C1 to notify the PGW-C1 of the abnormal SGW-U1.
  • the first PGW-U can detect whether the first SGW-U is abnormal through the Echo request message. For example, the first PGW-U may send an Echo request message to the first SGW-U at a preset time period. After receiving the Echo request message, the first SGW-U will return an Echo response message to the first PGW-U. If the first PGW-U does not receive the Echo response message sent by the first SGW-U within the preset time period, the first PGW-U determines that the first SGW-U is faulty.
  • the first PGW-U determines whether the first PGW-U receives the Echo response message, but the value of the recovery counter in the Echo response message is different from the value of the recovery counter in the last received Echo response message. If the first PGW-U restarts, the value of the recovery counter in the Echo response message will increase by 1. Therefore, when the first PGW-U detects that the value of the restoration counter in the Echo response message is different from the value of the restoration counter in the last received Echo response message, the first PGW-U can determine the first SGW-U A restart occurred.
  • the first PGW-U may also determine whether the first SGW-U is abnormal in other ways, which is not limited in the embodiment of the application.
  • the first PGW-U may send the identification of the first SGW-U to the first PGW-C through a Node-level message.
  • the Node-level message may be a node report request message.
  • the first PGW-U may also send the identification of the first SGW-U to the first PGW-C through a private Node-level message defined outside the protocol.
  • the first SGW-C may send the identification of the first SGW-U to the first PGW-C through an Echo message at the Node level that is already in the agreement.
  • the first SGW-C may send the identifier of the first SGW-U to the first PGW-C through an existing session-level session management/mobility management message in the protocol.
  • the first SGW-C may also send the identity of the first SGW-U to the first PGW-C through a private Node-level message defined outside the protocol.
  • the first PGW-C determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U.
  • the first PGW-C determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U.
  • the second session affected by the first SGW-U refers to a session using the first PGW-C and the first SGW-U.
  • the first SGW-C may also send the identification of the SGW-U used in the session to the first PGW-C; the first PGW-C receives the SGW-U used in the session from the first SGW-C. After the identification of U, the identification of the SGW-U corresponding to the session is recorded in the session; the first PGW-C determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identification of the first SGW-U.
  • the specific implementation manner is: A PGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first PGW-C can accurately determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • Session 1 and Session 2 use PGW-C1. Session 1 and Session 2 also use SGW-U1. Session 3 also uses SGW-U2.
  • SGW-C1 can send SGW-U1 used in session 1, SGW-U1 used in session 2, and SGW-U2 used in session 3 to PGW-C1.
  • PGW-C1 receives SGW-U1 used in session 1, SGW-U1 used in session 2, and SGW-U2 used in session 2
  • PGW-C1 records the identification of SGW-U1 in session 1 and session 2 and Record the identification of SGW-U2 in session 3.
  • PGW-C1 After PGW-C1 receives the identifier of SGW-U1, it searches for the identifier of SGW-U1 in Session 1 to Session 3 of PGW-C1. PGW-C1 finds the identity of SGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2. Therefore, PGW-C1 determines Session 1 and Session 2 as the second session determined to be affected by SGW-U1.
  • the first PGW-C after the first PGW-C determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U, the first PGW-C needs to record the second session affected by the first SGW-U The second session, so as to subsequently trigger the process of reselecting a non-failed SGW-U for the second session.
  • the first PGW-C may record the second session affected by the first SGW-U in the following manner: the first PGW-C marks the second session. Or, the first PGW-C sets a flag bit for the second session.
  • the first PGW-C creates a list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U, and adds the second session to the list.
  • the PGW-C cancels the recording of the second session. For example, after the first PGW-C receives the bearer modification request corresponding to the second session from the third SGW-C, the first PGW-C cancels the marking of the second session. Or, the first PGW-C cancels the flag bit set for the second session. Or, the first PGW-C removes the second session from the list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U. In this way, the first PGW-C can subsequently process the services of the second session normally.
  • the first PGW-C sends the first message to the MME when receiving the downlink signaling of the second session.
  • the first PGW-C may send the first message to the MME when receiving the downlink signaling of the second session from the policy and charging rules function (PCRF).
  • the first PGW-C may send the first message to the MME when receiving the downlink signaling of the second session from other devices on the network side.
  • PCRF policy and charging rules function
  • the first PGW-C when receiving the downlink signaling of the second session, sends the first message to the MME through the SGW-C.
  • the first PGW-C may send the first message to the MME through the SGW-C where the second session is located or send the first message to the MME through other SGW-Cs that have not failed.
  • the first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the second session.
  • the first message may be a packet data network gateway downlink triggering notification (P-GW downlink triggering notification, PDTN) message.
  • the MME may send a packet data network gateway downlink triggering acknowledgement (P-GW downlink triggering ack, PDTA) message to the first PGW-C.
  • the first message may also be another message, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the second session includes session 1 and session 2.
  • the first PGW-C receives the session 1 signaling, it sends a first message to the MME.
  • the first information is used to trigger the MME to reselect a third SGW-C that is not faulty for the session 1.
  • the first PGW-C receives the session 2 signaling, it sends a first message to the MME.
  • the first information is used to trigger the MME to reselect a third SGW-C that is not faulty for the session 2.
  • the MME reselects a third SGW-C that has not failed for the second session according to the first message.
  • the MME after the MME receives the first message from the first PGW-C, the MME re-selects a third SGW-C that is not faulty for the second session according to the first message.
  • the third SGW-C may be the same as or different from the first SGW-C, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the principle of the MME reselecting a non-faulty third SGW-C for the second session is the same as the principle of the MME reselecting a non-failed second SGW-C for the first session in FIG. 3, and will not be repeated here.
  • the third SGW-C reselects a third SGW-U that has not failed for the second session.
  • the principle of the third SGW-C re-selecting a non-faulty third SGW-U for the second session is the same as the principle of the second SGW-C re-selecting a non-failed second SGW-U for the first session in FIG. 3 The same, so I won’t repeat them here.
  • steps 403 to 405 may not be executed.
  • the first PGW-C When the first PGW-C receives the downlink signaling of the second session, the first PGW-C can directly send a target message to the SGW-C used in the second session, and the target message is used to trigger the The SGW-C re-selects an unfaulted SGW-U message for the second session. After receiving the target message, the SGW-C used in the second session re-selects a third SGW-U that has not failed for the second session. In this specific design, there is no need to reselect a non-faulty third SGW-C, and a non-failed SGW-U can be selected for the second session by the original SGW-C used for the second session.
  • the first PGW-C can send the first message to the MME when receiving the signaling of the affected second session, so that the MME can reselect a third SGW that has not failed for the second session -C, the third SGW-C re-selects a third SGW-U that has not failed for the second session. It can be seen that by implementing the method described in FIG. 4, the reselection of the SGW-U for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-U can be triggered in time through the signaling sent by the network side, which is beneficial to timely restoration of the affected services.
  • FIG. 5 is another gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method described in FIG. 5 is used to reselect the SGW-U in time for the sessions affected by the abnormal SGW-U when the SGW-U is abnormal.
  • the second session affected by the failed SGW-U is recorded through the SGW-C.
  • the SGW-C receives the downlink signaling of the second session, it initiates a process of reselecting the SGW-U for the second session.
  • the gateway selection method includes the following parts 501 to 507, in which:
  • the first SGW-C determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the first SGW-C is any one SGW-C among the multiple SGW-Cs in the aforementioned gateway selection system.
  • the first SGW-U is any SGW-U among the SGW-Us docked with the first SGW-C.
  • the first SGW-C may be SGW-C1 or SGW-C2 in FIG. 2.
  • the first SGW-C is SGW-C1
  • the first SGW-U is SGW-U1 or SGW-U2 in FIG. 2.
  • the first SGW-C is SGW-C2
  • the first SGW-U is SGW-U3 or SGW-U4 in FIG. 2.
  • the first SGW-C will detect whether the first SGW-U is abnormal, and when the first SGW-U is detected to be abnormal, the second session affected by the first SGW-U is determined.
  • the second session affected by the first SGW-U refers to a session using the first SGW-C and the first SGW-U.
  • I won’t go into details here.
  • the first SGW-C may record the identification of the SGW-U used in the session in the session; the specific implementation manner for the first SGW-C to determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U is : The first SGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first SGW-C can accurately determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • SGW-C1 For example, take the first SGW-C as SGW-C1 and the first SGW-U as SGW-U1 as an example.
  • Session 1, Session 2, and Session 3 use SGW-C1.
  • Session 1 and Session 2 also use SGW-U1.
  • Session 3 also uses SGW-U2.
  • SGW-C1 will record the identification of SGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2, and the identification of SGW-U2 in Session 3.
  • SGW-C1 detects that SGW-U1 is abnormal, it searches the SGW-C1 session for the identification of SGW-U1.
  • SGW-C1 finds the identity of SGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2. Therefore, SGW-C1 determines Session 1 and Session 2 as the second session determined to be affected by SGW-U1.
  • the first SGW-C needs to record the second session affected by the first SGW-U in order to subsequently detect whether The signaling of the session affected by the first SGW-U is received.
  • the first SGW-C may record the second session affected by the first SGW-U in the following manner: the first SGW-C marks the second session. Or, the first SGW-C sets a flag bit for the second session.
  • the first SGW-C creates a list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U, and adds the second session to the list.
  • the first PGW-C receives the first signaling corresponding to the second session.
  • the first PGW-C is a PGW-C docked with the first SGW-C, and the first PGW-C has a second session.
  • the first signaling may be sent by the PCRF to the first PGW-C, or sent by other devices to the first PGW-C, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • the first PGW-C sends second signaling corresponding to the second session to the first SGW-C according to the first signaling.
  • the first PGW-C after the first PGW-C receives the first signaling corresponding to the second session, the first PGW-C sends the second signaling corresponding to the second session to the first SGW-C.
  • the first SGW-C sends a response of the second signaling to the first PGW-C.
  • the first SGW-C after receiving the second signaling from the first PGW-C, the first SGW-C determines that the second signaling is the second signaling corresponding to the second session. Therefore, the first SGW-C sends a response of the second signaling to the first PGW-C.
  • the response of the second signaling carries a cause value indicating that the context of the second session is not found.
  • the first signaling may be a re-auth-request (re-auth-request, RAR), and the second signaling may be a create bearer request (create bearer request) or an update bearer request (update bearer request).
  • RAR re-auth-request
  • the bearer creation request corresponding to the second session is used to create a dedicated bearer of the second session.
  • the update bearer request corresponding to the second session is used to update the bearer of the second session.
  • the first signaling and the second signaling may also be other signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first SGW-C may also delete the second session.
  • the first SGW-C may delete the second session while sending the dedicated bearer creation response to the first PGW-C, or delete the second session after sending the dedicated bearer creation response to the first PGW-C.
  • the application examples are not limited. Since the SGW-C needs to be re-selected for the second session, the retention of the second session in the first SGW-C has no effect, and the first SGW-C needs to delete the second session.
  • the first PGW-C sends a first message to the MME.
  • the first PGW-C after receiving the response of the second signaling from the first SGW-C, the first PGW-C sends the first message to the MME.
  • the first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the second session.
  • the first message may be a packet data network gateway downlink triggering notification (P-GW downlink triggering notification, PDTN) message.
  • the MME may send a packet data network gateway downlink triggering acknowledgement (P-GW downlink triggering ack, PDTA) message to the first PGW-C.
  • the first message may also be another message, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first PGW-C sends the first message to the MME through the SGW-C.
  • the first PGW-C may send the first message to the MME through the first SGW-C or send the first message to the MME through other non-faulty SGW-Cs.
  • the MME re-selects a third SGW-C that has not failed for the second session according to the first message.
  • the MME after receiving the first message from the first PGW-C, the MME re-selects a third SGW-C that is not faulty for the second session according to the first message.
  • the third SGW-C may be the same as or different from the first SGW-C, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the principle of the MME reselecting a non-faulty third SGW-C for the second session is the same as the principle of the MME reselecting a non-failed second SGW-C for the first session in FIG. 3, and will not be repeated here.
  • the third SGW-C reselects a third SGW-U that has not failed for the second session.
  • the principle of the third SGW-C re-selecting a non-faulty third SGW-U for the second session is the same as the principle of the second SGW-C re-selecting a non-failed second SGW-U for the first session in FIG. 3 The same, so I won’t repeat them here.
  • steps 504 to 507 may not be executed.
  • the first SGW-C After the first SGW-C receives the second signaling corresponding to the second session from the first PGW-C, the first SGW-C directly reselects a non-faulty SGW-U for the second session. That is to say, in this specific design, there is no need to reselect a non-failed third SGW-C, and a non-failed SGW-U can be selected for the second session by the first SGW-C used in the second session. .
  • the first SGW-C can send a response of the second signaling to the first PGW-C when receiving the second signaling of the affected second session.
  • the response of contains a reason value indicating that the context of the second session is not found.
  • the first PGW-C sends a first message to the MME to trigger the MME to re-select a third SGW-C that has not failed for the second session, and the third SGW-C -C re-selects the third SGW-U that has not failed for the second session. It can be seen that by implementing the method described in FIG. 5, the reselection of the SGW-U for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-U can be triggered in time through the signaling sent by the network side, which is beneficial to timely restoration of the affected services.
  • FIG. 6 is another gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method described in FIG. 6 is used to reselect the SGW-U in time for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-U when the SGW-U is abnormal.
  • the third session affected by the failed SGW-U is recorded through the PGW-U.
  • the PGW-U receives the downlink data message of the third session, it initiates a process of reselecting the SGW-U for the third session.
  • the gateway selection method includes the following parts 601-605, in which:
  • the first PGW-U determines the third session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the first PGW-U is any PGW-U of the gateway selection system.
  • the first SGW-U is any SGW-U docked with the first PGW-U in the gateway selection system.
  • the first PGW-U is PGW-U1
  • the first SGW-U is SGW-U1.
  • the first PGW-U is PGW-U3, and the first SGW-U is SGW-U3.
  • the third session affected by the first SGW-U refers to a session using the first PGW-U and the first SGW-U.
  • the first PGW-U may record the identification of the SGW-U used by the session in the session; the specific implementation manner for the first PGW-U to determine the third session affected by the first SGW-U is : The first PGW-U determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first SGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first PGW-U can accurately determine the third session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • PGW-U1 For example, take the first PGW-U as PGW-U1 and the first SGW-U as SGW-U1 as an example.
  • Session 1, Session 2, and Session 3 use PGW-U1.
  • Session 1 and Session 2 also use SGW-U1.
  • Session 3 also uses SGW-U2.
  • PGW-U1 will record the identification of SGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2, and the identification of SGW-U2 in Session 3.
  • PGW-U1 detects that SGW-U1 is abnormal, it searches for the SGW-U1 identifier in the session of PGW-U1.
  • PGW-U1 finds the identity of SGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2. Therefore, PGW-U1 determines Session 1 and Session 2 as the third session determined to be affected by SGW-U1.
  • the first PGW-U after the first PGW-U determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U, the first PGW-U needs to record the third session affected by the first SGW-U in order to subsequently detect whether Receive a downlink data message of the session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the first PGW-U may record the third session affected by the first SGW-U in the following manner: the first PGW-U marks the third session. Or, the first PGW-U sets a flag bit for the third session. Or, the first PGW-U creates a list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U, and adds the third session to the list.
  • the first PGW-U receives the session modification request from the first PGW-C; the first PGW-U cancels the recording of the third session. For example, the first PGW-U unmarks session 1. Or, the first PGW-U cancels the flag bit set for session 1. Or, the first PGW-U removes Session 1 from the list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U. Based on this design, the first PGW-U receives the session modification request from the first PGW-C, indicating that the fourth SGW-U that has not failed has been re-selected for the third session, and the service of the subsequent third session can be restored. Therefore, at this time, the first PGW-U needs to cancel the recording of the third session, and subsequently the first PGW-U can process the service of the third session normally.
  • the first PGW-U When receiving the downlink data message of the third session, the first PGW-U sends a notification message to the first PGW-C.
  • the first PGW-U determines the third session affected by the first SGW-U, if a downlink data packet of the third session is received, the first PGW-U sends to the first PGW-C Notification message.
  • the notification message is used to notify the third session that the downlink data packet is received, and the first PGW-C is the PGW-C that is docked with the first PGW-U.
  • the notification message may be session-level information, for example, it may be a session report request (session report request).
  • the first PGW-C sends a second message to the MME.
  • the first PGW-C after receiving the notification message from the first PGW-U, the first PGW-C sends a second message to the MME.
  • the second message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the third session.
  • the second message may be a packet data network gateway downlink triggering notification (P-GW downlink triggering notification, PDTN) message.
  • the MME may send a packet data network gateway downlink triggering acknowledgement (P-GW downlink triggering ack, PDTA) message to the first PGW-C.
  • the second message may also be another message, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first PGW-C after receiving the notification message from the first PGW-U, the first PGW-C sends the second message to the MME through the SGW-C.
  • the first PGW-C may send the first message to the MME through the SGW-C used in the third session or send the first message to the MME through other SGW-Cs that have not failed.
  • the MME reselects a fourth SGW-C that has not failed for the third session according to the second message.
  • the MME after receiving the second message from the PGW-C, the MME re-selects a fourth SGW-C that is not faulty for the third session according to the second message.
  • the principle of the MME re-selecting a non-faulty fourth SGW-C for the third session is the same as the principle of the MME re-selecting a non-failed second SGW-C for the first session in FIG. 3, and will not be repeated here.
  • the fourth SGW-C reselects a fourth SGW-U that has not failed for the third session.
  • the principle of the fourth SGW-C re-selecting a non-faulty fourth SGW-U for the third session is the same as the principle of the second SGW-C re-selecting a non-failed second SGW-U for the first session in FIG. 3 The same, so I won’t repeat them here.
  • step 603 to step 605 may not be executed.
  • the first PGW-C receives from the first PGW-U a notification message for notifying that the third session has received a downlink data message, it can directly send a target message to the SGW-C used by the third session.
  • the target message is The SGW-C used to trigger the third session reselects a non-faulty SGW-U for the third session.
  • the SGW-C used in the third session reselects a non-faulty SGW-U for the third session.
  • the first PGW-U can send a second message to the MME when receiving the downlink data message of the affected third session, so as to trigger the MME to reselect the unfailed one for the third session
  • the fourth SGW-C, and the fourth SGW-C reselects the unfaulted fourth SGW-U for the third session. It can be seen that by implementing the method described in FIG. 6, the downlink data message sent by the network side can trigger the reselection of the SGW-U for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-U in a timely manner, which is conducive to timely restoration of the affected services.
  • an abnormal SGW-U will affect all sessions using the SGW-U.
  • Each session can receive signaling from the user equipment side, can also receive signaling from the network side, and can also receive downlink data packets. Therefore, the methods described in Figure 3, Figure 4, and Figure 6 can be combined with each other. Or, the methods described in FIG. 3, FIG. 5, and FIG. 6 are combined with each other.
  • the process of reselecting the SGW-U for the affected session can be initiated through the method described in FIG. 3.
  • the process of reselecting the SGW-U for the affected session can be initiated by the method described in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5.
  • the process of reselecting the SGW-U for the affected session can be initiated through the method described in FIG. 6.
  • the process of reselecting the SGW-U for the affected session can be initiated through the method described in FIG. 6.
  • the MME may determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U, and the MME actively reselects the SGW-U for the first session. Alternatively, the MME may initiate the process of reselecting SGW-U for the first session when receiving the signaling of the first session from the user equipment side.
  • the first PGW-C may also determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U, and upon receiving the signaling of the second session from the network side, initiate the process of reselecting the SGW-U for the first session.
  • the first PGW-U may also determine the third session affected by the first SGW-U, and when receiving the downlink data packet of the third session, initiate a process of reselecting the SGW-U for the third session.
  • the MME may determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U, and the MME actively reselects the SGW-U for the first session.
  • the MME may initiate the process of reselecting SGW-U for the first session when receiving the signaling of the first session from the user equipment side.
  • the first SGW-C may also determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U, and upon receiving the signaling of the second session from the network side, initiate the process of reselecting the SGW-U for the first session.
  • the first PGW-U may also determine the third session affected by the first SGW-U, and when receiving the downlink data packet of the third session, initiate a process of reselecting the SGW-U for the third session.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a gateway selection system and method for reselecting the SGW-C for the sessions affected by the abnormal SGW-C.
  • the gateway selection system includes the network elements in the aforementioned communication system.
  • FIG. 7 is another gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method described in FIG. 7 is used to reselect the SGW-C for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-C in time when the SGW-C is abnormal.
  • the first session affected by the failed SGW-C is recorded through the PGW-U.
  • the PGW-U receives the downlink data message of the first session, it initiates a process of reselecting the SGW-C for the first session.
  • the gateway selection method includes the following parts 701 to 705, in which:
  • the first PGW-U receives an identifier of the abnormal first SGW-C from the first PGW-C or the first SGW-U.
  • the first PGW-U can select any PGW-U in the system for the gateway.
  • the first PGW-C is any PGW-C docked with the first PGW-U.
  • the first SGW-U is any SGW-U docked with the first PGW-U.
  • the first SGW-C is any SGW-C docked with the first PGW-C or the first SGW-U.
  • the first PGW-U is PGW-U1
  • the first PGW-C is PGW-C1
  • the first SGW-U is SGW-U1
  • the first SGW-C is SGW-C1.
  • the PGW-U1 can receive the identifier of the abnormal SGW-C1 from the PGW-C1 or SGW-U1. In other words, PGW-C1 or SGW-U1 will detect whether SGW-C1 is abnormal. If it is detected that the SGW-C1 is abnormal, the SGW-C1 identifier is sent to PGW-U1.
  • the first PGW-C can detect whether the first SGW-C is abnormal through the Echo request message. For example, the first PGW-C may send an Echo request message to the first SGW-C at a preset time period. After receiving the Echo request message, the first SGW-C returns an Echo response message to the first PGW-C. If the first PGW-C does not receive the Echo response message sent by the first SGW-C within the preset time period, the first PGW-C determines that the first SGW-C is faulty.
  • the first PGW-C determines whether the first PGW-C receives the Echo response message, but the value of the recovery counter in the Echo response message is different from the value of the recovery counter in the last received Echo response message. If the first PGW-C restarts, the value of the recovery counter in the Echo response message will increase by 1. Therefore, when the first PGW-C detects that the value of the restoration counter in the Echo response message is different from the value of the restoration counter in the last received Echo response message, the first PGW-C can determine the first SGW-C A restart occurred.
  • the first PGW-C can also detect whether the first SGW-C is abnormal in other ways, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first PGW-C may send the identifier of the abnormal first SGW-C to the first PGW-U through a message defined by an existing protocol, for example, an Sx Association Update Request message.
  • the first PGW-C may send the identifier of the abnormal first SGW-C to the first PGW-U through another message.
  • the first SGW-U can detect whether the first SGW-C is abnormal through the HeatBeat message. For example, the first SGW-U may send a HeatBeat request message to the first SGW-C at a preset time period. After the first SGW-C receives the HeatBeat request message, it returns a HeatBeat response message to the first SGW-U. If the first SGW-U does not receive the HeatBeat response message sent by the first SGW-C within the preset time period, the first SGW-U determines that the first SGW-C is faulty.
  • the first SGW-U determines whether the first SGW-U receives the HeatBeat response message, but the value of the recovery counter in the HeatBeat response message is different from the value of the recovery counter in the HeatBeat response message received last time. If the first SGW-C restarts, the value of the restoration counter in the HeatBeat response message will increase by 1. Therefore, when the first SGW-U detects that the value of the restoration counter in the HeatBeat response message is different from the value of the restoration counter in the HeatBeat response message received last time, the first SGW-U can determine the first SGW-C A restart occurred.
  • the first SGW-U may also detect whether the first SGW-C is abnormal in other ways, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first SGW-U may send the identification of the first SGW-C to the first PGW-U through the existing Node-level Echo message of the agreement.
  • the identification of the first SGW-C may be sent to the first PGW-U through an existing session-level session management/mobility management message of the protocol.
  • the identification of the first SGW-C may also be sent to the first PGW-U through a private Node-level message defined outside the protocol.
  • the first PGW-U determines the first session affected by the first SGW-C according to the identifier of the first SGW-C.
  • the first PGW-U after the first PGW-U receives the identifier of the abnormal first SGW-C from the first PGW-C or the first SGW-U, it determines that the first SGW-C is affected by the identifier of the first SGW-C.
  • the first session affected by C The first session affected by the first SGW-C refers to a session using the first PGW-U and the first SGW-C.
  • the first PGW-U receives the identifier of the SGW-C used by the session from the first PGW-C; the first PGW-U records the SGW-C corresponding to the session in the session Identification; the first PGW-U determines the first session affected by the first SGW-C according to the identification of the first SGW-C: the first PGW-U determines that the session has the first session The session identified by the SGW-C is the first session affected by the first SGW-C. Based on this specific design, the first PGW-U can accurately determine the first session affected by the first SGW-C.
  • the first PGW-U as PGW-U1 and the first SGW-C as SGW-C1 as an example.
  • Session 1, Session 2, and Session 3 use PGW-U1.
  • Session 1 and Session 2 also use SGW-C1.
  • Session 3 also uses SGW-C2.
  • PGW-U1 will record the identification of SGW-C1 in Session 1 and Session 2, and the identification of SGW-C2 in Session 3.
  • the MME searches for the identifier of SGW-C1 in the MME session.
  • the MME finds the identity of SGW-C1 in Session 1 and Session 2. Therefore, the MME determines Session 1 and Session 2 as the first session determined to be affected by SGW-C1.
  • the SGW-C used in the session may also be referred to as the SGW-C where the session is located or the SGW-C corresponding to the session.
  • the first PGW-U after the first PGW-U determines the affected first session, it records the first session. For example, the first PGW-U may record the first session affected by the first SGW-C in the following manner: the first PGW-U marks the first session. Or, the first PGW-U sets a flag bit for the first session. Alternatively, the first PGW-U creates a list of sessions affected by the first SGW-C, and adds the first session to the list. In a specific design, after the first PGW-U receives the session modification request from the second SGW-C, the first PGW-U cancels the recording of the first session. For example, the first PGW-U unmarks the first session.
  • the first PGW-U cancels the flag bit set for the first session.
  • the first PGW-U removes the first session from the list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U. In this way, the first PGW-U can subsequently process the services of the first session normally.
  • the first PGW-U When receiving the downlink data packet of the first session, the first PGW-U sends a notification message to the first PGW-C.
  • the notification message is used to notify that the downlink data packet of the first session is received.
  • the notification message may be a session-level message, for example, a session report request (session report request), or other messages.
  • the first PGW-C sends a first message to the MME.
  • the first PGW-C after receiving the notification message from the first PGW-U, the first PGW-C sends the first message to the MME.
  • the first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the first session.
  • the first message may be a packet data network gateway downlink triggering notification (P-GW downlink triggering notification, PDTN) message.
  • the MME may send a packet data network gateway downlink triggering acknowledgement (P-GW downlink triggering ack, PDTA) message to the first PGW-C.
  • the first message may also be another message, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first PGW-C sends the first message to the MME through the non-faulty SGW-C.
  • the MME reselects a second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session according to the first message.
  • the MME after receiving the first message, the MME re-selects a second SGW-C that is not faulty for the first session according to the first message.
  • the principle of the MME reselecting a non-faulty second SGW-C for the first session is the same as the principle of the MME reselecting a non-failed second SGW-C for the first session in FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first PGW-U can send the first message to the MME when receiving the downlink data message of the affected first session, so that the MME can re-select the first session that is not faulty for the first session.
  • Two SGW-C It can be seen that by implementing the method described in FIG. 7, the downlink data message sent by the network side can trigger the reselection of the SGW-C for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-C in a timely manner, which is beneficial to timely restoration of the affected services.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a service restoration system and method, which are used to restore the service affected by the abnormal PGW-U.
  • the service recovery system may include the network elements in the aforementioned communication system.
  • FIG. 8 is a service restoration method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method described in Fig. 8 is used to recover the services affected by the abnormal PGW-U when the PGW-U is abnormal.
  • the MME records the first session affected by the failed PGW-U, and the MME can actively initiate a process of restoring the service of the first session.
  • the MME may also initiate a process of restoring the service of the first session when receiving the uplink signaling of the first session.
  • the service recovery method includes the following parts 801 to 804, in which:
  • the first SGW-C receives an identifier of the first PGW-U that is abnormal from the first PGW-C or the first SGW-U.
  • the first SGW-C is any one of the service recovery system
  • the first PGW-C is the PGW-C that is connected to the first SGW-C in the service recovery system
  • the first SGW-U is the first SGW-C in the service recovery system.
  • the first PGW-U is docked with the first PGW-C and the first SGW-C respectively.
  • the first SGW-C is GW-C1
  • the first SGW-U is SGW-U1
  • the first PGW-C is PGW-C1
  • the first PGW-U is PGW-U1.
  • the first SGW-C can receive the identifier of the abnormal first PGW-U in the following two ways.
  • the first SGW-C receives the identifier of the abnormal first PGW-U from the first SGW-U. For example, the first SGW-U may detect whether the first PGW-U fails. If the first SGW-U detects that the first PGW-U fails, the first SGW-U sends the identification of the first PGW-U to the first SGW-C. The first SGW-U may send the identifier of the first PGW-U to the first SGW-C through a Node-level message or a session-level session management/mobility management message. For example, the Node-level message may be a node report request message. Alternatively, the first SGW-U may send the identity of the first PGW-U to the first SGW-C by defining a private Node-level message outside the protocol.
  • the first SGW-U can detect whether the first PGW-U is abnormal through the Echo request message. For example, the first SGW-U may send an Echo request message to the first PGW-U at a preset time period. After receiving the Echo request message, the first PGW-U will return an Echo response message to the first SGW-U. If the first SGW-U does not receive the Echo response message sent by the first PGW-U within the preset time period, the first SGW-U determines that the first PGW-U is faulty.
  • the first SGW-U determines whether the first SGW-U receives the Echo response message, but the value of the recovery counter in the Echo response message is different from the value of the recovery counter in the last received Echo response message. If the first PGW-U restarts, the value of the recovery counter in the Echo response message will increase by 1. Therefore, when the first SGW-U detects that the value of the restoration counter in the Echo response message is different from the value of the restoration counter in the last received Echo response message, the first SGW-U can determine the first PGW-U A restart occurred.
  • the first SGW-U may also detect whether the first PGW-U is abnormal in other ways, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first SGW-C receives the identifier of the abnormal first PGW-U from the first PGW-C. For example, the first PGW-C may detect whether the first PGW-U fails. If the first PGW-C detects that the first PGW-U has failed, the first PGW-C sends the identifier of the first PGW-U to the first SGW-C.
  • the first PGW-C may send the identity of the first PGW-U to the first SGW-C through a Node-level message or a session-level session management/mobility management message.
  • the Node-level message may be a node report request message.
  • the first PGW-C may send the identity of the first PGW-U to the first SGW-C by defining a private Node-level message outside the protocol.
  • the first PGW-C can determine whether the first PGW-U is abnormal through the HeatBeat message of the Sx interface. For example, the first PGW-C may send a HeatBeat request message to the first PGW-U at a preset time period. After receiving the HeatBeat request message, the first PGW-U returns a HeatBeat response message to the first PGW-C. If the first PGW-C does not receive the HeatBeat response message sent by the first PGW-U within the preset time period, the first PGW-C determines that the first PGW-U is faulty.
  • the first PGW-C determines whether the first PGW-C receives the HeatBeat response message, but the value of the recovery counter in the HeatBeat response message is different from the value of the recovery counter in the HeatBeat response message received last time. If the first PGW-U restarts, the value of the recovery counter in the HeatBeat response message will increase by 1. Therefore, when the first PGW-C detects that the value of the restoration counter in the HeatBeat response message is different from the value of the restoration counter in the HeatBeat response message received last time, the first PGW-C can determine the first PGW-U A restart occurred.
  • the first PGW-C may also determine whether the first PGW-U is abnormal in other ways, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first SGW-C sends to the MME the identifier of the first PGW-U where the abnormality occurs.
  • the first SGW-C after receiving the identifier of the abnormal first PGW-U, the first SGW-C sends the identifier of the abnormal first PGW-U to the MME.
  • the MME determines the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identifier of the first PGW-U.
  • the MME determines the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identifier of the first PGW-U.
  • the first session affected by the first PGW-U refers to a session using the MME and the first PGW-U.
  • the MME records the identification of the PGW-U used by the session in the session; the specific implementation manner for the MME to determine the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identification of the first PGW-U is: The MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first PGW-U. Based on this specific design, the MME can accurately determine the first session affected by the first PGW-U.
  • Session 1, Session 2, and Session 3 use MME.
  • Session 1 and Session 2 also use SGW-C1, SGW-U1, PGW-C1, and PGW-U1.
  • Session 3 also uses SGW-C2, SGW-U3, PGW-C2, and PGW-U3.
  • the MME will record the identification of PGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2, and the identification of PGW-U3 in Session 3. If the first PGW-U is PGW-U1, after receiving the identification of PGW-U1, the MME searches for the identification of PGW-U1 in the MME session. The MME finds the identity of PGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2. Therefore, the MME determines Session 1 and Session 2 as the first session determined to be affected by PGW-U1.
  • the PGW-U used in the session may also be referred to as the PGW-U where the session is located or the PGW-U corresponding to the session.
  • the MME may record the first session after determining the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identifier of the first PGW-U. For example, the MME may record the first session affected by the first PGW-U in the following manner: the MME marks the first session. Or, the MME sets a flag bit for the first session. Alternatively, the MME creates a list of sessions affected by the first PGW-U, and adds the first session to the list.
  • the MME deletes the first session, and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a PDN connection.
  • the MME after determining the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identifier of the first PGW-U, the MME deletes the first session, and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a PDN connection. In other words, the MME will delete the first session and instruct the user equipment to re-establish a session with the PDN. After the user equipment re-establishes the session with the PDN, the service of the user equipment can be restored to normal.
  • the MME will also instruct the first SGW-C to delete the first session. After receiving the instruction for deleting the first session from the MME, the first SGW-C deletes the first session. And the first SGW-C sends an instruction for deleting the first session to the first SGW-U and the first PGW-C. After receiving the instruction for deleting the first session, the first SGW-U and the first PGW-C also delete the first session.
  • the MME can delete the first session in the following two ways, and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish the PDN connection.
  • Manner 1 There are multiple first sessions affected, and the MME deletes the multiple first sessions at a preset rate, and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a PDN connection.
  • Manner 2 When the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session, it deletes the first session and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish the PDN connection.
  • the uplink signaling may be a service request or other uplink signaling.
  • the first affected session includes session 1 to session 100, the MME deletes session 1 to session 100 at a preset rate, and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the session to re-establish a PDN connection.
  • the MME receives the service request of the session 100 from the user equipment, it preferentially deletes the session 100 and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the session 100 to re-establish the PDN connection.
  • FIG. 9 is another service recovery method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method described in Fig. 9 is used to recover the services affected by the abnormal PGW-U in time when an abnormality occurs in the PGW-U.
  • the SGW-U records the second session affected by the failed PGW-U.
  • the SGW-U receives the uplink data message of the second session, it initiates a process of restoring the service of the second session.
  • the service recovery method includes the following parts 901 to 903, of which:
  • the first SGW-U determines the second session affected by the first PGW-U.
  • the first SGW-U is any SGW-U
  • the first PGW-U is any PGW-U docked with the SGW-U.
  • the first SGW-U is SGW-U1
  • the first PGW-U is PGW-U1.
  • the first SGW-U is SGW-U3
  • the first PGW-U is PGW-U3.
  • the second session affected by the first PGW-U refers to a session using the first SGW-U and the first PGW-U.
  • the first SGW-U records the identity of the PGW-U used by the session in the session; the first SGW-U determines the first PGW-U affected by the identity of the first PGW-U according to the identity of the first PGW-U
  • the specific implementation of the second session is: the first SGW-U determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first PGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first SGW-UE can accurately determine the second session affected by the first PGW-U.
  • session 1, session 2, session use SGW-U1.
  • Session 1 and Session 2 also use PGW-U1.
  • Session 3 also uses PGW-U2.
  • SGW-U1 will record the identification of PGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2, and the identification of PGW-U2 in Session 3.
  • SGW-U1 finds the identity of PGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2. Therefore, SGW-U1 determines Session 1 and Session 2 as the second session determined to be affected by PGW-U1.
  • the second session may be recorded.
  • the first SGW-U may record the second session affected by the first PGW-U in the following manner: the first SGW-U marks the second session. Or, the first SGW-U sets a flag bit for the second session.
  • the first SGW-U creates a list of sessions affected by the first PGW-U, and adds the second session to the list.
  • the first SGW-U sends a notification message to the first SGW-C when receiving the uplink data packet of the second session.
  • the first SGW-U after determining the second session affected by the first PGW-U, the first SGW-U sends a notification message to the first SGW-C when receiving the uplink data packet of the second session.
  • the notification message is used to notify the second session that the uplink data packet is received.
  • the uplink data message refers to the data message from the user side.
  • the notification message may be a message defined by an existing protocol.
  • the notification message may be a session report request message.
  • the notification message can also be a private message defined outside the protocol.
  • the first SGW-C deletes the second session, and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the second session to re-establish a PDN connection.
  • the first SGW-C after receiving the notification message from the first SGW-U, deletes the second session, and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the second session to re-establish the PDN connection. In other words, the first SGW-C will delete the second session and instruct the user equipment to re-establish a session with the PDN. After the user equipment re-establishes the session with the PDN, the service of the user equipment can be restored to normal.
  • the first SGW-C will also instruct the MME, the first SGW-U, and the first PGW-C to delete the second session.
  • the MME deletes the second session.
  • the first SGW-U deletes the second session.
  • the first PGW-C deletes the second session.
  • the first SGW-U can trigger the service recovery of the second session in time when receiving the uplink data message of the second session.
  • FIG. 10 is another service recovery method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method described in Fig. 10 is used to recover the services affected by the abnormal PGW-U in time when an abnormality occurs in the PGW-U.
  • PGW-C records the third session affected by the failed PGW-U.
  • the PGW-C receives the uplink data message of the third session, it initiates a process of restoring the service of the third session.
  • the service recovery method includes the following parts 1001 to 1002, among which:
  • the first PGW-C determines the third session affected by the first PGW-U when detecting that the first PGW-U is abnormal.
  • the first PGW-C is any PGW-C in service restoration.
  • the first PGW-U is any PGW-U docked with the first PGW-C.
  • the first PGW-C is PGW-C1
  • the first PGW-U is PGW-U1 or PGW-U2.
  • the first PGW-C is PGW-C2
  • the first PGW-U is PGW-U3 or PGW-U4.
  • the third session affected by the first PGW-U refers to a session existing in the first PGW-C and existing in the first PGW-U.
  • the first PGW-C records the identity of the PGW-U used by the session in the session; the first PGW-C determines the first PGW-U affected by the identity of the first PGW-U according to the identity of the first PGW-U
  • the specific implementation of the third session is: the first PGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first PGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first PGW-C can accurately determine the third session affected by the first PGW-U.
  • the first PGW-C includes session 1, session 2, and session 3. Session 1 and Session 2 use PGW-U1. Session 3 also uses PGW-U2. Then, the first PGW-C will record the identification of PGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2, and the identification of PGW-U2 in Session 3. If the first PGW-U is PGW-U1, after receiving the identification of PGW-U1, the first PGW-C searches for the identification of PGW-U1 in the session of the first PGW-C. The first PGW-C finds the identity of PGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2. Therefore, the first PGW-C determines Session 1 and Session 2 as the third session determined to be affected by PGW-U1.
  • the third session may be recorded.
  • the first PGW-C may record the third session affected by the first PGW-U in the following manner: the first PGW-C marks the third session. Or, the first PGW-C sets a flag bit for the third session.
  • the first PGW-C creates a list of sessions affected by the first PGW-U, and adds the third session to the list.
  • the first PGW-C When receiving the downlink signaling of the third session, the first PGW-C deletes the third session, and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the third session to re-establish a PDN connection.
  • the first PGW-C determines the third session affected by the first PGW-U, if the downlink signaling of the third session is received, the third session is deleted, and the user equipment corresponding to the third session is instructed to re-establish PDN connection. In other words, the first PGW-C will delete the third session and instruct the user equipment to re-establish a session with the PDN. After the user equipment re-establishes the session with the PDN, the service of the user equipment can proceed normally.
  • the signaling may be signaling from PCRF, for example, a re-authentication request message.
  • the signaling may also be signaling from other network elements on the network side, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first PGW-C will also instruct the first SGW-C to delete the third session.
  • the first SGW-C deletes the third session.
  • the first SGW-C also instructs the first SGW-U and the MME to delete the third session.
  • the MME deletes the third session.
  • the first SGW-U deletes the third session.
  • the first PGW-C when the first PGW-C receives the signaling of the fourth session, the first PGW-C sends a message to the second PGW-U according to the signaling of the fourth session; the first PGW-C After the message is retransmitted to the second PGW-U, if the first PGW-C does not receive the response message of the message within the preset time period, the fourth session is deleted, and the user equipment corresponding to the fourth session is instructed to re-establish the PDN connection.
  • the second PGW-U is any PGW-U connected to the first PGW-C except the first PGW-U.
  • the fourth session is a session existing in the first PGW-C and in the second PGW-U. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the first PGW-C is PGW-C1
  • the first PGW-U is PGW-U1
  • the second PGW-U is PGW-U2.
  • PGW-C1 detects that PGW-U1 is abnormal, and determines that the session affected by PGW-U1 is session 1.
  • PGW-C1 deletes session 1 and instructs the user equipment of session 1 to re-establish a PDN connection to restore the service of session 1.
  • PGW-U2 is also abnormal but PGW-C1 has not yet sensed it, at this time, if PGW-C1 receives session 2 signaling, such as a re-authentication request message, PGW-C1 sends to PGW-U2 according to session 2 signaling information.
  • PGW-C1 If PGW-C1 does not receive PGW-U2's response to the information, PGW-C1 resends the information to PGW-U2. If after PGW-C1 retransmits the message to PGW-U2, PGW-C1 still does not receive a response message for the message within the preset time period, PGW-C1 deletes session 2 and instructs the user equipment corresponding to session 2 to restart Establish a PDN connection. Based on this specific design, even when PGW-C1 does not detect the abnormality of PGW-U2 in time, it can also restore services affected by PGW-U2 in time.
  • the first PGW-C can trigger the service recovery of the third session in time when receiving the signaling of the third session.
  • an abnormality of a PGW-U will affect all sessions using the PGW-U.
  • Each session can receive uplink signaling, uplink data packets, and downlink signaling. Therefore, the methods described in Figure 8, Figure 9, and Figure 10 can be combined with each other.
  • the uplink session is received, and the service affected by the abnormal PGW-U can be restored by the method described in Figure 8.
  • the service affected by the abnormal PGW-U can be restored by the method described in FIG. 9.
  • the service affected by the abnormal PGW-U can be restored by the method described in Figure 10.
  • the MME may determine the first session affected by the abnormal first PGW-U, and the MME actively initiates a process of recovering the service of the first session. Alternatively, the MME may initiate a process of recovering the service of the first session when receiving the uplink signaling of the first session.
  • the first SGW-U may also determine the second session affected by the abnormal first PGW-U. When receiving the uplink data packet of the second session, the first SGW-U initiates a process of recovering the service of the second session.
  • the first PGW-C may also determine the third session affected by the abnormal first PGW-U, and upon receiving the downlink signaling of the third session, initiate a process of recovering the service of the third session.
  • the embodiment of the present invention may divide the device into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present invention is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 11 may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the MME in the method embodiment described in FIG. 3.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 11 may include a processing module 1101 and a communication module 1102. among them:
  • the communication module 1102 is configured to receive the identifier of the abnormal first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U from the first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C, and the first SGW-C is connected to the first SGW-U; processing;
  • the module 1101 is configured to determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U; the processing module 1101 is also configured to reselect a second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session.
  • the processing module 1101 is also used to record the identity of the SGW-U used in the session; the processing module 1101 determines the first SGW-U affected by the identity of the first SGW-U according to the identity of the first SGW-U
  • the method of a session is specifically: determining that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the method for the processing module 1101 to reselect the second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session is specifically as follows: when the communication module 1102 receives the uplink signaling of the first session, the processing module 1101 is the first session. One session reselects the second SGW-C that has not failed.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 11 may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first PGW-C in the method embodiment described in FIG. 4.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 11 may include a processing module 1101 and a communication module 1102. among them:
  • the communication module 1102 is configured to receive the identifier of the abnormal first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U from the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U or the first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C,
  • the network device is docked with the first PGW-U, and the network device is docked with the first SGW-C, the first SGW-U is docked with the first PGW-U, and the first SGW-U is docked with the first SGW-C;
  • processing module 1101 configured to determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identity of the first SGW-U;
  • the communication module 1102 is also configured to send the second session to the mobility management entity MME when receiving downlink signaling of the second session A message, the first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the second session.
  • the communication module 1102 is also used to receive the SGW-U identifier used in the session from the first SGW-C; the processing module 1101 is also used to record the SGW-U corresponding to the session in the session Identification; the processing module 1101 determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identification of the first SGW-U specifically: determining that the session with the identification of the first SGW-U in the session is affected by the first SGW-U The second session affected.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 11 may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first SGW-C in the method embodiment described in FIG. 5.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 11 may include a processing module 1101 and a communication module 1102. among them:
  • the processing module 1101 is configured to determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U when an abnormality occurs in the user plane function entity SGW-U of the first serving gateway that is connected; the communication module 1102 is configured to receive data from the first packet
  • the network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C receives the second signaling corresponding to the second session; the communication module 1102 is also used to send a response of the second signaling to the first PGW-C, and the response of the second signaling carries The reason value used to indicate that the context of the second session was not found.
  • the processing module 1101 is also used to record the identification of the SGW-U used by the session in the session; the method for the processing module 1101 to determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U is specifically: determine The session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the processing module 1101 is further configured to delete the second session after the communication module 1102 receives the dedicated bearer creation request corresponding to the second session.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a network device.
  • the network device may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first PGW-C in the method embodiment described in FIG. 5.
  • the network device may include a communication module. among them:
  • the communication module is configured to receive the first signaling; the communication module is also configured to send the second signaling corresponding to the second session to the first serving gateway control plane functional entity SGW-C according to the first signaling; the communication module, further It is used to receive a response of the second signaling from the first SGW-C, and the response of the second signaling carries a reason value for indicating that the second session context is not found.
  • the second session is the recipient of the first SGW-C.
  • the session affected by the abnormal first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U; the communication module is also used to send a first message to the mobility management entity MME, and the first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty session for the second session
  • the third SGW-C is configured to receive the first signaling; the communication module is also configured to send the second signaling corresponding to the second session to the first serving gateway control plane functional entity SGW-C according to the first signaling; the communication module, further It is used to receive a response of
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 11 may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first PGW-U in the method embodiment described in FIG. 6.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 11 may include a processing module 1101 and a communication module 1102. among them:
  • the processing module 1101 is configured to determine the third session affected by the first SGW-U when an abnormality of the user plane function entity SGW-U of the connected first serving gateway is detected; the communication module 1102 is configured to In the case of a downlink data message of the session, a notification message is sent to the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C that is connected, and the notification message informs the third session that the downlink data message is received.
  • the processing module 1101 is also used to record the identification of the SGW-U used by the session in the session; the method for the processing module 1101 to determine the third session affected by the first SGW-U is specifically: determine The session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first SGW-U.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a network device.
  • the network device may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first PGW-C in the method embodiment described in FIG. 6.
  • the network device may include a communication module. among them:
  • the communication module is used to receive a notification message from the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U, where the notification message is used to notify the reception of a downlink data packet of a third session, which is the first PGW-U
  • the communication module is also used to send a first message to the mobility management entity MME.
  • the first message is used by the MME to select a new session for the third session.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 11 may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first PGW-U in the method embodiment described in FIG. 7.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 11 may include a processing module 1101 and a communication module 1102. among them:
  • the communication module 1102 is configured to receive the identifier of the abnormal first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C from the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C or the first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U, The first PGW-C and the first SGW-U are respectively docked with the network equipment, and the first PGW-C and the first SGW-U are respectively docked with the first SGW-C; the processing module 1101 is configured to connect with the first SGW-C Identifies the first session affected by the first SGW-C; the communication module 1102 is also configured to send a notification message to the first PGW-C when receiving a downlink data message of the first session, and the notification message is used to notify The downlink data packet of the first session is received.
  • the communication module 1102 is also used to receive the identification of the SGW-C used in the session from the first PGW-C; the processing module 1101 is also used to record the SGW-C used in the session in the session
  • the method for the processing module 1101 to determine the first session affected by the first SGW-C according to the identifier of the first SGW-C is specifically: determining that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-C in the session is affected by the first SGW-C The first session affected by C.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a network device.
  • the network device may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first PGW-C in the method embodiment described in FIG. 7.
  • the network device may include a communication module. among them:
  • the communication module is used to receive a notification message from the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U, where the notification message is used to notify that a downlink data message indicating the reception of the first session is received, and the first session is the first PGW- A session affected by the abnormal first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C in U; the communication module is also used to send a first message to the mobility management entity MME, which is used to trigger the MME to reselect for the first session A surviving SGW-C.
  • the communication module is also used to send the identification of the first SGW-C to the first PGW-U when it is determined that the first SGW-C is abnormal.
  • the communication module is also used to send the SGW-C identifier corresponding to the session to the first PGW-U.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 11 may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the MME in the method embodiment described in FIG. 8.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 11 may include a processing module 1101 and a communication module 1102. among them:
  • the communication module 1102 is configured to receive the identifier of the abnormal first packet data network gateway user plane functional entity PGW-U from the first serving gateway control plane functional entity SGW-C; the processing module 1101 is configured to The identifier of determines the first session affected by the first PGW-U; the processing module 1101 is further configured to delete the first session and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a packet data network PDN connection.
  • the processing module 1101 is also used to record the identification of the PGW-U used in the session; the processing module 1101 determines the first PGW-U affected by the identification of the first PGW-U according to the identification of the first PGW-U
  • the method of a session is specifically: determining that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first PGW-U.
  • the processing module 1101 deletes the first session, and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a packet data network PDN connection: when the communication module 1102 receives the uplink of the first session During signaling, the first session is deleted, and the user equipment corresponding to the first session is instructed to re-establish the PDN connection.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 11 may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first SGW-U in the method embodiment described in FIG. 9.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 11 may include a processing module 1101 and a communication module 1102. among them:
  • the processing module 1101 is used to determine the second session affected by the first PGW-U when it is determined that the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U is abnormal; the communication module 1102 is used to determine the second session when the second session is received Sending a notification message to the first serving gateway control plane functional entity SGW-C when the uplink data message is received, and the notification message is used to notify the second session that the uplink data message is received.
  • the processing module 1101 is also used to record the identification of the PGW-U used in the session; the processing module 1101 determines the second session affected by the first PGW-U specifically as follows: The session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first PGW-U.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 11 may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first SGW-C in the method embodiment described in FIG. 9.
  • the network device shown in FIG. 11 may include a processing module 1101 and a communication module 1102. among them:
  • the communication module 1102 is configured to receive a notification message from the user plane function entity SGW-U of the first serving gateway, and the notification message is used to notify the second session that the uplink data packet is received, and the second session is the abnormal first packet data network gateway
  • the session affected by the user plane function entity PGW-U; the processing module 1101 is configured to delete the second session and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the second session to re-establish a PDN connection.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a network device.
  • the network device may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first PGW-C in the method embodiment described in FIG. 10.
  • the network device may include a processing module. among them:
  • the processing module is used for determining the third session affected by the first PGW-U when the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U is detected to be abnormal; the processing module is also used for receiving the third session When the downlink signaling is performed, the third session is deleted, and the user equipment corresponding to the third session is instructed to re-establish the PDN connection.
  • the processing module is also used to record the identity of the PGW-U used in the session; the processing module determines the third session affected by the first PGW-U specifically as follows: The session with the identifier of the first PGW-U is the third session affected by the first PGW-U.
  • the network device also includes a communication module.
  • the communication module receives the signaling of the fourth session, it sends a message to the second PGW-U used in the fourth session according to the signaling of the fourth session; after the communication module retransmits the message to the second PGW-U, if If the first network device does not receive the response message of the message within the preset time period, the processing module deletes the fourth session and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the fourth session to re-establish the PDN connection.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device includes a processor 1201, a memory 1202, and a communication interface 1203. Among them, the processor 1201, the memory 1202 and the communication interface 1203 are connected.
  • the processor 1201 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a coprocessor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), or an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC). , Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof.
  • the processor 1201 may also be a combination for realizing computing functions, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, DSP and microprocessor combinations, and so on.
  • the communication interface 1203 is used to implement communication with the access network device.
  • the processor 1201 calls the program code stored in the memory 1202 to execute the steps performed by the MME, SGW-C, SGW-U, PGW-C, or SGW-U in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the principle of solving the problem by the network device provided in the embodiment of this application is similar to the principle of solving the problem by the MME, SGW-C, SGW-U, PGW-C, or SGW-U in the method embodiment of this application.
  • the implementation of the device refer to the implementation of the method. For a concise description, it will not be repeated here.

Abstract

Disclosed in embodiments of the present application are a gateway selection system and method. The gateway selection system comprises an MME, a plurality of SGW-Cs and a plurality of SGW-Us. A first SGW-C is configured to send an identifier of a first SGW-U to the MME when detecting that an anomaly occurs in the first SGW-U, the first SGW-C being one of the plurality of SGW-Cs and the first SGW-U being one of the plurality of SGW-Us docked with the first SGW-C. The MME is configured to receive the identifier of the first SGW-U from the first SGW-C, to determine, according to the identifier of the first SGW-U, a first session affected by the first SGW-U, and to reselect a non-faulted second SGW-C for the first session. The second SGW-C is configured to reselect a non-faulted second SGW-U for the first session. On the basis of the system, a non-faulted second SGW-U can be reselected for the first session.

Description

一种网关选择系统及方法A gateway selection system and method 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种网关选择系统及方法。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a gateway selection system and method.
背景技术Background technique
第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)标准工作组从R8开始EPS(evolved packet system,演进分组系统)的研究。整个EPS系统可以分为无线接入网和核心网两部分。在核心网中,包含了移动性管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)、服务网关(serving gateway,S-GW)和分组数据网关(PDN gateway,P-GW)等。随着软件定义网络(software defined network,SDN)技术的出现,CU(控制面和用户面)分离逐渐成为移动网的发展方向,3GPP在Release 13阶段提出了CU分离的LTE架构研究。如图1所示,在CU分离架构下,原PGW被拆分为分组数据网关控制面功能实体(PDN gateway control plane function,PGW-C)和分组数据网关用户面功能实体(PDN gateway user plane function,PGW-U)两个功能实体,原SGW被拆分为服务网关控制面功能实体(Serving Gateway Control plane function,SGW-C)和服务网关用户面功能实体(Serving Gateway User plane function,SGW-U)两个功能实体。部署时SGW-C和SGW-U可为一对多的关系,一个SGW-C设备可能对应一个或者多个SGW-U设备。同理,PGW-C和PGW-U可为一对多的关系,一个PGW-C设备可能对应一个或者多个PGW-U设备。The 3rd generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) standard working group began research on EPS (evolved packet system, evolved packet system) from R8. The entire EPS system can be divided into two parts: the wireless access network and the core network. In the core network, it includes a mobility management entity (MME), a serving gateway (serving gateway, S-GW), a packet data gateway (PDN gateway, P-GW), etc. With the emergence of software-defined network (SDN) technology, the separation of CU (control plane and user plane) has gradually become the development direction of mobile networks. 3GPP proposed the LTE architecture study of CU separation in the Release 13 stage. As shown in Figure 1, under the CU separation architecture, the original PGW is split into a packet data gateway control plane function entity (PDN gateway control plane function, PGW-C) and a packet data gateway user plane function entity (PDN gateway user plane function) , PGW-U) two functional entities, the original SGW is split into a Serving Gateway Control plane function entity (Serving Gateway Control plane function, SGW-C) and a Serving Gateway User plane function entity (Serving Gateway User plane function, SGW-U) ) Two functional entities. During deployment, SGW-C and SGW-U may have a one-to-many relationship, and one SGW-C device may correspond to one or more SGW-U devices. Similarly, PGW-C and PGW-U can have a one-to-many relationship, and one PGW-C device may correspond to one or more PGW-U devices.
在实际应用中,核心网中的SGW-U可能会发生故障或重启。核心网中的SGW-U发生故障或重启之后,会导致业务中断。因此,在核心网中的功能实体发生故障或重启之后,需要对SGW-U进行重选。如何对SGW-U进行重选是目前亟待解决的问题。In actual applications, the SGW-U in the core network may fail or restart. After the SGW-U in the core network fails or restarts, services will be interrupted. Therefore, after the functional entity in the core network fails or restarts, the SGW-U needs to be reselected. How to reselect SGW-U is a problem that needs to be solved urgently.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种网关选择系统及方法,能够对SGW-U进行重选。The embodiment of the application provides a gateway selection system and method, which can reselect the SGW-U.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种网关选择系统,该网关选择系统包括移动管理实体MME、多个服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C以及多个服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U,其中:第一SGW-C,用于在检测到第一SGW-U发生异常时,向MME发送第一SGW-U的标识,该第一SGW-C为该多个SGW-C中的一个SGW-C,该第一SGW-U为该多个SGW-U中与第一SGW-C对接的SGW-U;MME,用于从第一SGW-C接收第一SGW-U的标识;MME,还用于根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话,并为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C;第二SGW-C,用于为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-U。基于第一方面所描述的系统,MME能够为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C,第二SGW-C能够为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-U。这样后续就可通过第二SGW-C和第二SGW-U为第一会话提供服务。In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection system. The gateway selection system includes a mobility management entity MME, multiple serving gateway control plane function entities SGW-C, and multiple serving gateway user plane function entities SGW-U, Wherein: the first SGW-C is used to send the identifier of the first SGW-U to the MME when it is detected that the first SGW-U is abnormal, and the first SGW-C is one of the multiple SGW-Cs -C, the first SGW-U is the SGW-U docked with the first SGW-C among the multiple SGW-Us; the MME is used to receive the identity of the first SGW-U from the first SGW-C; MME, It is also used to determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U, and to reselect the second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session; the second SGW-C is used to One session reselects the second SGW-U that has not failed. Based on the system described in the first aspect, the MME can reselect a second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session, and the second SGW-C can reselect a second SGW-U that has not failed for the first session. In this way, the second SGW-C and the second SGW-U can subsequently provide services for the first session.
在一种具体的设计中,MME,还用于在会话中记录该会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;MME根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话的具体实施方式为:MME确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话。基于该具体的设计,MME能够准确地确定出受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the MME is also used to record the identity of the SGW-U used in the session; the MME determines the identity of the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identity of the first SGW-U The specific implementation is as follows: the MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first SGW-U. Based on this specific design, the MME can accurately determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,MME为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C的具体实施方式 为:当MME接收到第一会话的上行信令时,MME为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C。在该具体的设计中,当MME接收到第一会话的上行信令时,就可触发为相应的会话重新选择SGW-C,通过该具体设计,有利于及时恢复紧急业务。In a specific design, the specific implementation manner for the MME to reselect the second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session is: when the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session, the MME reselects the failed SGW-C for the first session. The second SGW-C that failed. In this specific design, when the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session, it can trigger the reselection of the SGW-C for the corresponding session, and this specific design is beneficial for timely restoration of emergency services.
在一种具体的设计中,网关选择系统还包括多个分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C以及多个分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U,其中:第一PGW-C,用于从第一PGW-U或第一SGW-C接收发生异常的第一SGW-U的标识,该第一PGW-C为该多个PGW-C中与第一SGW-C对接的PGW-C,该第一PGW-U为该多个PGW-U中与第一SGW-U和第一PGW-C对接的PGW-U;第一PGW-C,还用于根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话;第一PGW-C,还用于在接收到第二会话的下行信令时,向MME发送第一消息,第一消息用于触发MME为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C;MME,还用于从第一PGW-C接收第一消息,并根据第一消息为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C;第三SGW-C,用于为第二会话重新选择未故障的第三SGW-U。通过该具体设计,能够通过网络侧发送的下行信令及时地触发对受异常SGW-U影响的会话重选SGW-U,有利于及时地恢复受影响的业务。In a specific design, the gateway selection system also includes multiple packet data network gateway control plane functional entities PGW-C and multiple packet data network gateway user plane functional entities PGW-U. Among them: the first PGW-C uses After receiving the identifier of the abnormal first SGW-U from the first PGW-U or the first SGW-C, the first PGW-C is the PGW-C that is docked with the first SGW-C among the plurality of PGW-Cs , The first PGW-U is the PGW-U that is docked with the first SGW-U and the first PGW-C among the plurality of PGW-Us; the first PGW-C is also used to identify the first SGW-U Determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U; the first PGW-C is also used to send a first message to the MME when the downlink signaling of the second session is received, and the first message is used to trigger the MME to be the first The second session reselects a non-faulty SGW-C; the MME is also used to receive the first message from the first PGW-C, and reselect a non-failed third SGW-C for the second session according to the first message; The third SGW-C is used to reselect a third SGW-U that has not failed for the second session. Through this specific design, the downlink signaling sent by the network side can trigger the reselection of the SGW-U for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-U in a timely manner, which is conducive to timely restoration of the affected services.
在一种具体的设计中,第一SGW-C,还用于向第一PGW-C发送会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;第一PGW-C,还用于从第一SGW-C接收会话所使用的SGW-U的标识,并在会话中记录会话对应的SGW-U的标识;第一PGW-C根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话的具体实施方式为:第一PGW-C确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。基于该具体的设计,第一PGW-C能够准确地确定出受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the first SGW-C is also used to send the identification of the SGW-U used in the session to the first PGW-C; the first PGW-C is also used to receive from the first SGW-C The ID of the SGW-U used in the session, and the ID of the SGW-U corresponding to the session is recorded in the session; the first PGW-C determines the ID of the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the ID of the first SGW-U The specific implementation is as follows: the first PGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first PGW-C can accurately determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,网关选择系统还包括多个分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C以及多个分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U,其中:第一SGW-C,还用于在检测到第一SGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话;第一PGW-C,用于接收第二会话对应的第一信令,并根据第一信令向第一SGW-C发送第二会话对应的第二信令,第一PGW-C为多个PGW-C中与第一SGW-C对接的PGW-C;第一SGW-C,还用于从第一PGW-C接收第二信令,并向第一PGW-C发送第二信令的响应,该第二信令的响应中携带用于指示未找到第二会话的上下文的原因值;第一PGW-C,还用于从第一SGW-C接收第二信令的响应,并向MME发送第一消息,该第一消息用于触发MME为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C;MME,还用于从第一PGW-C接收第一消息,并根据第一消息为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C;第三SGW-C,用于为第二会话重新选择未故障的第三SGW-U。通过该具体设计,能够通过网络侧发送的信令及时地触发对受异常SGW-U影响的会话重选SGW-U,有利于及时地恢复受影响的业务。In a specific design, the gateway selection system also includes multiple packet data network gateway control plane functional entities PGW-C and multiple packet data network gateway user plane functional entities PGW-U. Among them: the first SGW-C, and It is used to determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U when the abnormality of the first SGW-U is detected; the first PGW-C is used to receive the first signaling corresponding to the second session, and according to the first The signaling sends the second signaling corresponding to the second session to the first SGW-C. The first PGW-C is the PGW-C that is connected to the first SGW-C among the multiple PGW-Cs; the first SGW-C also Used to receive the second signaling from the first PGW-C and send a response to the second signaling to the first PGW-C. The response of the second signaling carries the reason for indicating that the context of the second session is not found Value; the first PGW-C is also used to receive the response of the second signaling from the first SGW-C, and send a first message to the MME, the first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty for the second session SGW-C; MME, also used to receive the first message from the first PGW-C, and according to the first message for the second session to re-select a third SGW-C that has not failed; the third SGW-C, used Reselect the third SGW-U that has not failed for the second session. Through this specific design, it is possible to trigger the reselection of the SGW-U for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-U in a timely manner through the signaling sent by the network side, which is conducive to timely restoration of the affected services.
在一种具体的设计中,第一SGW-C,还用于在会话中记录会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;第一SGW-C确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话的具体实施方式为:第一SGW-C确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。基于该具体的设计,第一SGW-C能够准确地确定出受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the first SGW-C is also used to record the identification of the SGW-U used in the session; the first SGW-C determines the specific details of the second session affected by the first SGW-U The implementation manner is: the first SGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first SGW-C can accurately determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,第一SGW-C,还用于在接收第二会话对应的创建专有承载请求之后,删除第二会话。由于需要为第二会话重新选择SGW-C,因此,第一SGW-C中保留第二会话已经没有作用,第一SGW-C需要删除第二会话。In a specific design, the first SGW-C is also used to delete the second session after receiving the dedicated bearer creation request corresponding to the second session. Since the SGW-C needs to be re-selected for the second session, the retention of the second session in the first SGW-C has no effect, and the first SGW-C needs to delete the second session.
在一种具体的设计中,网关选择系统还包括多个分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体 PGW-C以及多个分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U,其中:第一PGW-U,用于在检测到第一SGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话,该第一PGW-U为该多个PGW-U中与第一SGW-U对接的PGW-U;第一PGW-U,还用于接收到第三会话的下行数据报文时,向第一PGW-C发送通知消息,该通知消息用于通知第三会话接收到下行数据报文,第一PGW-C为该多个PGW-C中与第一PGW-U对接的PGW-C;第一PGW-C,还用于从第一PGW-U接收通知消息,并向MME发第二消息,该第二消息用于触发MME为第三会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C;MME,还用于从PGW-C接收第二消息,并根据第二消息为第三会话重新选择一个未故障的第四SGW-C;第四SGW-C,用于为第三会话重新选择未故障的第四SGW-U。通过该具体设计,能够通过网络侧发送的下行数据报文及时地触发为受异常SGW-U影响的会话重选SGW-U,有利于及时地恢复受影响的业务。In a specific design, the gateway selection system also includes multiple packet data network gateway control plane functional entities PGW-C and multiple packet data network gateway user plane functional entities PGW-U, where: the first PGW-U uses When the abnormality of the first SGW-U is detected, the third session affected by the first SGW-U is determined, and the first PGW-U is the PGW-U docking with the first SGW-U among the plurality of PGW-Us. U; The first PGW-U is also used to send a notification message to the first PGW-C when receiving a downlink data packet of the third session, and the notification message is used to notify the third session that the downlink data packet is received. One PGW-C is the PGW-C that is docked with the first PGW-U among the multiple PGW-Cs; the first PGW-C is also used to receive notification messages from the first PGW-U and send a second message to the MME , The second message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the third session; the MME is also used to receive the second message from the PGW-C, and reselect a non-failed SGW-C for the third session according to the second message The failed fourth SGW-C; the fourth SGW-C is used to reselect the unfailed fourth SGW-U for the third session. Through this specific design, the downlink data message sent by the network side can trigger the reselection of the SGW-U for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-U in a timely manner, which is beneficial to timely restoration of the affected services.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-U,还用于在会话中记录会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;第一PGW-U确定受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话的具体实施方式为:第一PGW-U确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话。基于该具体的设计,第一PGW-U能够准确地确定出受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the first PGW-U is also used to record the identification of the SGW-U used in the session; the first PGW-U determines the specific details of the third session affected by the first SGW-U The implementation manner is: the first PGW-U determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first SGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first PGW-U can accurately determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种网关选择方法,该方法包括:第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C在检测到与第一SGW-C对接的第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U发生异常时,向移动管理实体MME发送第一SGW-U的标识;MME从第一SGW-C接收第一SGW-U的标识,并根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话;MME为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C;第二SGW-C为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-U。In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method, the method includes: the first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C detects that the first serving gateway user plane function entity docked with the first SGW-C When the SGW-U is abnormal, it sends the identity of the first SGW-U to the mobility management entity MME; the MME receives the identity of the first SGW-U from the first SGW-C, and determines the identity of the first SGW-U according to the identity of the first SGW-U. The first session affected by the SGW-U; the MME re-selects the second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session; the second SGW-C re-selects the second SGW-U that has not failed for the first session.
在一种具体的设计中,MME在会话中记录会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;MME根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话的具体实施方式为:MME确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the MME records the identification of the SGW-U used by the session in the session; the specific implementation manner for the MME to determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identification of the first SGW-U is: The MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,MME为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C的具体实施方式为:当MME接收到第一会话的业务请求时,MME为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C。In a specific design, the specific implementation manner for the MME to reselect the second SGW-C that is not failed for the first session is: when the MME receives the service request of the first session, the MME reselects the non-failed second SGW-C for the first session The second SGW-C.
在一种具体的设计中,该方法还包括以下步骤:第一PGW-C从第一PGW-U或第一SGW-C接收发生异常的第一SGW-U的标识,该第一PGW-C为与第一SGW-C对接的PGW-C,该第一PGW-U为与第一SGW-U和第一PGW-C对接的PGW-U;第一PGW-C根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话;第一PGW-C在接收到第二会话的下行信令时,向MME发送第一消息,该第一消息用于触发MME为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C;MME从第一PGW-C接收第一消息,并根据第一消息为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C;第三SGW-C为第二会话重新选择未故障的第三SGW-U。In a specific design, the method further includes the following steps: the first PGW-C receives the identifier of the abnormal first SGW-U from the first PGW-U or the first SGW-C, and the first PGW-C Is a PGW-C docked with the first SGW-C, the first PGW-U is a PGW-U docked with the first SGW-U and the first PGW-C; the first PGW-C is based on the first SGW-U Identify the second session affected by the first SGW-U; when the first PGW-C receives the downlink signaling of the second session, it sends a first message to the MME, and the first message is used to trigger the MME to be the second session Reselect a non-faulty SGW-C; MME receives the first message from the first PGW-C, and selects a non-failed third SGW-C for the second session according to the first message; the third SGW-C is the first The second session reselects the third SGW-U that has not failed.
在一种具体的设计中,该方法还包括以下步骤:第一SGW-C向第一PGW-C发送会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;第一PGW-C从第一SGW-C接收会话所使用的SGW-U的标识,并在会话中记录会话对应的SGW-U的标识;第一PGW-C根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话的具体实施方式为:第一PGW-C确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。In a specific design, the method further includes the following steps: the first SGW-C sends to the first PGW-C the identifier of the SGW-U used in the session; the first PGW-C receives the session from the first SGW-C The identifier of the SGW-U used, and the identifier of the SGW-U corresponding to the session is recorded in the session; the first PGW-C determines the specific details of the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U The implementation manner is: the first PGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,该方法还包括以下步骤:第一SGW-C在检测到第一SGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话;第一PGW-C接收第二会话对应的第一信令,并根据该第一信令向第一SGW-C发送第二会话对应的第二信令,第一PGW-C为与第一 SGW-C对接的PGW-C;第一SGW-C从第一PGW-C接收第二信令,并向第一PGW-C发送第二信令的响应,该第二信令的响应中携带用于指示未找到第二会话的上下文的原因值;第一PGW-C从第一SGW-C接收第二信令的响应,并向MME发送第一消息,该第一消息用于触发MME为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C;MME从第一PGW-C接收第一消息,并根据该第一消息为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C;第三SGW-C为第二会话重新选择未故障的第三SGW-U。In a specific design, the method further includes the following steps: when the first SGW-C detects that the first SGW-U is abnormal, it determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U; the first PGW-C Receive the first signaling corresponding to the second session, and send the second signaling corresponding to the second session to the first SGW-C according to the first signaling. The first PGW-C is the PGW that interfaces with the first SGW-C -C; the first SGW-C receives the second signaling from the first PGW-C, and sends a response to the second signaling to the first PGW-C, and the response of the second signaling carries a response to indicate that the second signaling is not found The reason value of the context of the second session; the first PGW-C receives the response of the second signaling from the first SGW-C, and sends a first message to the MME, which is used to trigger the MME to reselect one for the second session The non-faulty SGW-C; the MME receives the first message from the first PGW-C, and re-selects a third SGW-C for the second session based on the first message; the third SGW-C is the second session Reselect the third SGW-U that has not failed.
在一种具体的设计中,第一SGW-C在会话中记录会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;第一SGW-C确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话的具体实施方式为:第一SGW-C确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。In a specific design, the first SGW-C records the identification of the SGW-U used by the session in the session; the specific implementation manner for the first SGW-C to determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U is: The first SGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,第一SGW-C在接收第二会话对应的创建专有承载请求之后,删除第二会话。In a specific design, the first SGW-C deletes the second session after receiving the dedicated bearer creation request corresponding to the second session.
在一种具体的设计中,该方法还包括以下步骤:第一PGW-U在检测到第一SGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话,该第一PGW-U为与第一SGW-U对接的PGW-U;第一PGW-U接收到第三会话的下行数据报文时,向第一PGW-C发送通知消息,该通知消息用于通知第三会话接收到下行数据报文,该第一PGW-C为与第一PGW-U对接的PGW-C;第一PGW-C从第一PGW-U接收该通知消息,并向MME发第二消息,该第二消息用于触发MME为第三会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C;MME从PGW-C接收第二消息,并根据第二消息为第三会话重新选择一个未故障的第四SGW-C;第四SGW-C为第三会话重新选择未故障的第四SGW-U。In a specific design, the method further includes the following steps: when the first PGW-U detects that the first SGW-U is abnormal, it determines the third session affected by the first SGW-U, and the first PGW-U U is the PGW-U docked with the first SGW-U; when the first PGW-U receives the downlink data message of the third session, it sends a notification message to the first PGW-C, and the notification message is used to notify the third session Receiving a downlink data message, the first PGW-C is the PGW-C docking with the first PGW-U; the first PGW-C receives the notification message from the first PGW-U and sends a second message to the MME, The second message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the third session; the MME receives the second message from the PGW-C, and selects a non-failed fourth SGW for the third session according to the second message -C; the fourth SGW-C re-selects the unfaulted fourth SGW-U for the third session.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-U还可在会话中记录会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;第一PGW-U确定受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话的具体实施方式为:第一PGW-U确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话。In a specific design, the first PGW-U may also record the identification of the SGW-U used by the session in the session; the first PGW-U determines the specific implementation of the third session affected by the first SGW-U It is: the first PGW-U determines that the session with the identity of the first SGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first SGW-U.
基于同一发明构思,第二方面或第二方面的具体的设计的有益效果可以参见上述第一方面或第一方面的具体的设计的有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the beneficial effects of the second aspect or the specific design of the second aspect can be referred to the beneficial effects of the above-mentioned first aspect or the specific design of the first aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种网关选择方法,该方法包括:移动管理实体MME从第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C接收发生异常的第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U的标识,该第一SGW-C与该第一SGW-U对接;MME根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话;MME为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method, the method includes: a mobility management entity MME receives an abnormal first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-C from a first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C The identifier of U, the first SGW-C is docked with the first SGW-U; the MME determines the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U; the MME re-selects no failure for the first session The second SGW-C.
在一种具体的设计中,MME还可在会话中记录会话对应的SGW-U的标识;MME根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话的具体实施方式为:MME确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the MME may also record the identification of the SGW-U corresponding to the session in the session; the specific implementation manner of the MME determining the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identification of the first SGW-U is as follows: : The MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,MME为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C的具体实施方式为:当MME接收到第一会话的上行信令时,MME为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C。In a specific design, the specific implementation manner for the MME to reselect the second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session is: when the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session, the MME reselects the failed SGW-C for the first session. The second SGW-C that failed.
基于同一发明构思,第三方面或第三方面的具体的设计的有益效果可以参见上述第一方面或第一方面的具体的设计的有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the beneficial effects of the third aspect or the specific design of the third aspect can be referred to the beneficial effects of the above-mentioned first aspect or the specific design of the first aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种网关选择方法,该方法包括:第一分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C从第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U或第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C接收发生异常的第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U的标识,该第一PGW-C与该第一PGW-U对接,且该第一PGW-C与该第一SGW-C对接,该第一SGW-U与该第一PGW-U对接,且该第一SGW-U与该第一SGW-C对接;第一PGW-C根据第一SGW-U 的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话;第一PGW-C接收到第二会话的下行信令时,向移动管理实体MME发送第一消息,该第一消息用于触发MME为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method. The method includes: a first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C from the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U or the first The serving gateway control plane functional entity SGW-C receives the identifier of the abnormal first serving gateway user plane functional entity SGW-U, the first PGW-C is docked with the first PGW-U, and the first PGW-C is connected to The first SGW-C is docked, the first SGW-U is docked with the first PGW-U, and the first SGW-U is docked with the first SGW-C; the first PGW-C is based on the first SGW-U The identifier determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U; when the first PGW-C receives the downlink signaling of the second session, it sends a first message to the mobility management entity MME, which is used to trigger the MME to be The second session selects a non-faulty SGW-C again.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-C还可从第一SGW-C接收会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;第一PGW-C还可在会话中记录会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;第一PGW-C根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话的具体实施方式为:第一PGW-C确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。In a specific design, the first PGW-C may also receive the identification of the SGW-U used in the session from the first SGW-C; the first PGW-C may also record the SGW-U used in the session in the session The first PGW-C determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identity of the first SGW-U: The first PGW-C determines that the session has the identity of the first SGW-U The session at is the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
基于同一发明构思,第四方面或第四方面的具体的设计的有益效果可以参见上述第一方面的具体的设计的有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the beneficial effects of the specific design of the fourth aspect or the fourth aspect can be referred to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the above-mentioned first aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种网关选择方法,该方法包括:第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C检测到对接的第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U发生异常时,第一SGW-C确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话;第一SGW-C从第一分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C接收第二会话对应的第二信令;第一SGW-C向第一PGW-C发送该第二信令的响应,该第二信令的响应中携带用于指示未找到第二会话的上下文的原因值。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method. The method includes: when the first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C detects that the connected first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U is abnormal, The first SGW-C determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U; the first SGW-C receives the second signaling corresponding to the second session from the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C; first The SGW-C sends a response of the second signaling to the first PGW-C, and the response of the second signaling carries a cause value indicating that the context of the second session is not found.
在一种具体的设计中,第一SGW-C还可在会话中记录会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;第一SGW-C确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话的具体实施方式为:第一SGW-C确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。In a specific design, the first SGW-C may also record the identification of the SGW-U used by the session in the session; the first SGW-C determines the specific implementation of the second session affected by the first SGW-U This is: the first SGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,在接收第二会话对应的创建专有承载请求之后,第一SGW-C删除第二会话。In a specific design, after receiving the dedicated bearer creation request corresponding to the second session, the first SGW-C deletes the second session.
基于同一发明构思,第五方面或第五方面的具体的设计的有益效果可以参见上述第一方面的具体的设计的有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the beneficial effects of the specific design of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect can be referred to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the above-mentioned first aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种网关选择方法,该方法包括:第一分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C接收第一信令;第一PGW-C根据该第一信令向第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C发送第二信令;第一PGW-C从第一SGW-C接收该第二信令的响应,该第二信令的响应中携带用于指示未找到第二会话上下文的原因值,该第二会话为第一SGW-C中受异常的第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U影响的会话;第一PGW-C向移动管理实体MME发送第一消息,该第一消息用于触发MME为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method. The method includes: a first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C receives first signaling; and the first PGW-C receives first signaling according to the first signaling Send the second signaling to the first serving gateway control plane functional entity SGW-C; the first PGW-C receives the response of the second signaling from the first SGW-C, and the response of the second signaling carries the indication The reason value of the second session context is not found. The second session is a session in the first SGW-C that is affected by the abnormal first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U; the first PGW-C sends to the mobility management entity MME The first message, which is used to trigger the MME to re-select a third SGW-C that is not faulty for the second session.
基于同一发明构思,第六方面的有益效果可以参见上述第一方面的具体的设计的有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the beneficial effects of the sixth aspect can be referred to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the first aspect described above, and the repetition will not be repeated.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种网关选择方法,该方法包括:第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U检测到对接的第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U发生异常时,第一PGW-U确定受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话;第一PGW-U接收到第三会话的下行数据报文时,向对接的第一分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C发送通知消息,该通知消息用于通知第三会话接收到下行数据报文。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method. The method includes: the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U detects that the connected first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U is abnormal When the first PGW-U determines the third session that is affected by the first SGW-U; when the first PGW-U receives the downlink data packet of the third session, it reports to the control plane function entity of the first packet data network gateway that is connected The PGW-C sends a notification message, which is used to notify the third session that the downlink data packet is received.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-U还可在会话中记录会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;第一PGW-U确定受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话的具体实施方式为:第一PGW-U确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话。In a specific design, the first PGW-U may also record the identification of the SGW-U used by the session in the session; the first PGW-U determines the specific implementation of the third session affected by the first SGW-U It is: the first PGW-U determines that the session with the identity of the first SGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first SGW-U.
基于同一发明构思,第七方面或第七方面的具体的设计的有益效果可以参见上述第一方面的具体的设计的有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the beneficial effects of the specific design of the seventh aspect or the seventh aspect may refer to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the above-mentioned first aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种网关选择方法,该方法包括:第一分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C从第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U接收通知消息,该通知消息用于通知接收到第三会话的下行数据报文,该第三会话为第一PGW-U中受异常的第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U影响的会话;第一PGW-C向移动管理实体MME发送第一消息,该第一消息用于触发MME为第三会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method. The method includes: the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C receives a notification message from the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U , The notification message is used to notify that the downlink data packet of the third session is received, and the third session is the session in the first PGW-U that is affected by the abnormal first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U; the first PGW -C sends a first message to the mobility management entity MME, where the first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the third session.
基于同一发明构思,第八方面的有益效果可以参见上述第一方面的具体的设计的具体的设计的有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the beneficial effects of the eighth aspect can be referred to the specific design of the above-mentioned first aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种网关选择系统,该网关选择系统包括移动管理实体MME、多个服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C、多个服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U、多个分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C以及多个分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U,其中:第一PGW-U,用于从第一PGW-C或第一SGW-U接收发生异常的第一SGW-C的标识,该第一PGW-U为该多个PGW-U中的一个,该第一PGW-C和该第一SGW-U分别与该第一PGW-U对接,该第一PGW-C和该第一SGW-U分别与该第一SGW-C对接;第一PGW-U,用于根据第一SGW-C的标识确定受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话;第一PGW-U,还用于在收到第一会话的下行数据报文时,向第一PGW-C发送通知消息,该通知消息用于通知接收到第一会话的下行数据报文;第一PGW-C,用于从第一PGW-U接收通知消息,并向MME发送第一消息,该第一消息用于触发MME为第一会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C;MME,还用于从第一PGW-C接收第一消息,并根据第一消息为第一会话重新选择一个未故障的第二SGW-C。基于第九方面所描述的方法,能够通过网络侧发送的下行数据报文及时地触发为受异常SGW-C影响的会话重选SGW-C,有利于及时地恢复受影响的业务。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection system, which includes a mobility management entity MME, multiple serving gateway control plane function entities SGW-C, multiple serving gateway user plane function entities SGW-U, Multiple packet data network gateway control plane function entities PGW-C and multiple packet data network gateway user plane function entities PGW-U, among which: the first PGW-U is used to slave the first PGW-C or the first SGW-U Receive the identifier of the abnormal first SGW-C, where the first PGW-U is one of the multiple PGW-Us, and the first PGW-C and the first SGW-U are respectively the same as the first PGW-U For docking, the first PGW-C and the first SGW-U are respectively docked with the first SGW-C; the first PGW-U is used to determine the first SGW-C affected by the first SGW-C according to the identifier of the first SGW-C The first session; the first PGW-U is also used to send a notification message to the first PGW-C when the downlink data message of the first session is received, the notification message is used to notify that the downlink data of the first session is received Message; the first PGW-C is used to receive the notification message from the first PGW-U and send the first message to the MME, the first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the first session ; MME is also used to receive the first message from the first PGW-C, and reselect a second SGW-C that is not faulty for the first session according to the first message. Based on the method described in the ninth aspect, the downlink data message sent by the network side can trigger the reselection of the SGW-C for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-C in a timely manner, which is conducive to timely restoration of the affected services.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-C,还用于向第一PGW-U发送会话所使用的SGW-C的标识;第一PGW-U,还用于从第一PGW-C接收会话所使用的SGW-C的标识,并在会话中记录会话所使用的SGW-C的标识;第一PGW-U根据第一SGW-C的标识确定受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话的具体实施方式为:第一PGW-U确定会话中具有第一SGW-C的标识的会话为受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话。基于该具体的设计,第一PGW-U能够准确地确定出受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the first PGW-C is also used to send the identification of the SGW-C used in the session to the first PGW-U; the first PGW-U is also used to receive from the first PGW-C The identification of the SGW-C used in the session, and the identification of the SGW-C used in the session is recorded in the session; the first PGW-U determines the first session affected by the first SGW-C according to the identification of the first SGW-C The specific implementation manner is: the first PGW-U determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-C in the session is the first session affected by the first SGW-C. Based on this specific design, the first PGW-U can accurately determine the first session affected by the first SGW-C.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供了一种网关选择方法,该方法包括:第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U从第一分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C或第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U接收发生异常的第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C的标识,第一PGW-C和第一SGW-U分别与第一PGW-U对接,第一PGW-C和第一SGW-U分别与第一SGW-C对接;第一PGW-U根据第一SGW-C的标识确定受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话;第一PGW-U在收到第一会话的下行数据报文时,向第一PGW-C发送通知消息,该通知消息用于通知接收到第一会话的下行数据报文;第一PGW-C从第一PGW-U接收通知消息,并向MME发送第一消息,该第一消息用于触发MME为第一会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C;MME从第一PGW-C接收第一消息,并根据第一消息为第一会话重新选择一个未故障的第二SGW-C。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method. The method includes: a first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U from the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C or the first The serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U receives the identifier of the first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C that is abnormal, and the first PGW-C and the first SGW-U are respectively connected to the first PGW-U, and the first PGW -C and the first SGW-U are respectively connected to the first SGW-C; the first PGW-U determines the first session affected by the first SGW-C according to the identification of the first SGW-C; the first PGW-U is receiving When the downlink data message of the first session is reached, a notification message is sent to the first PGW-C, and the notification message is used to notify the reception of the downlink data message of the first session; the first PGW-C receives the first PGW-U Notify the message and send a first message to the MME. The first message is used to trigger the MME to re-select a non-faulty SGW-C for the first session; the MME receives the first message from the first PGW-C, and then according to the first message Reselect a second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session.
在一种具体的设计中,该方法还可包括以下步骤:第一PGW-C向第一PGW-U发送会话所使用的SGW-C的标识;第一PGW-U从第一PGW-C接收会话所使用的SGW-C的标识;第一PGW-U在会话中记录会话所使用的SGW-C的标识;第一PGW-U根据第一SGW-C的标识确定受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话的具体实施方式为:第一PGW-U确定会话中具有第 一SGW-C的标识的会话为受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the method may further include the following steps: the first PGW-C sends to the first PGW-U the identification of the SGW-C used in the session; the first PGW-U receives from the first PGW-C The identifier of the SGW-C used in the session; the identifier of the SGW-C used by the first PGW-U to record the session in the session; the first PGW-U determines that it is affected by the first SGW-C according to the identifier of the first SGW-C The specific implementation of the first session is: the first PGW-U determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-C in the session is the first session affected by the first SGW-C.
基于同一发明构思,第十方面或第十方面的具体的设计的有益效果可以参见上述第九方面或第九方面的具体的设计的具体的设计的有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the beneficial effects of the specific design of the tenth aspect or the tenth aspect may refer to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the ninth aspect or the ninth aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种网关选择方法,该方法包括:第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U从第一分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C或第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U接收发生异常的第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C的标识,该第一PGW-C和该第一SGW-U分别与第一PGW-U对接,该第一PGW-C和该第一SGW-U分别与该第一SGW-C对接;第一PGW-U根据第一SGW-C的标识确定受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话;第一PGW-U在收到第一会话的下行数据报文时,向第一PGW-C发送通知消息,该通知消息用于通知接收到第一会话的下行数据报文。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method. The method includes: a first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U obtains from the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C or A serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U receives the identifier of the abnormal first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C, and the first PGW-C and the first SGW-U are connected to the first PGW-U respectively, The first PGW-C and the first SGW-U are respectively docked with the first SGW-C; the first PGW-U determines the first session affected by the first SGW-C according to the identifier of the first SGW-C; When a PGW-U receives the downlink data message of the first session, it sends a notification message to the first PGW-C, where the notification message is used to notify the reception of the downlink data message of the first session.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-U还可从第一PGW-C接收会话所使用的SGW-C的标识;第一PGW-U还可在会话中记录该会话所使用的SGW-C的标识;第一PGW-U根据第一SGW-C的标识确定受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话的具体实施方式为:第一PGW-U确定会话中具有第一SGW-C的标识的会话为受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the first PGW-U may also receive the identification of the SGW-C used in the session from the first PGW-C; the first PGW-U may also record the SGW-C used in the session in the session. The identification of C; the first PGW-U determines the first session affected by the first SGW-C according to the identification of the first SGW-C: the first PGW-U determines that the session has the first SGW-C The identified session is the first session affected by the first SGW-C.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种网关选择方法,该方法包括:第一分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C从第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U接收通知消息,该通知消息用于通知接收到第一会话的下行数据报文,第一会话为第一PGW-U中受异常的第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C影响的会话;第一PGW-C向移动管理实体MME发送第一消息,该第一消息用于触发MME为第一会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway selection method. The method includes: the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C receives a notification from the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U Message, the notification message is used to notify that the downlink data packet of the first session is received, the first session is the session in the first PGW-U that is affected by the abnormal first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C; the first PGW -C sends a first message to the mobility management entity MME, where the first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the first session.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-C确定第一SGW-C发生异常时,向第一PGW-U发送第一SGW-C的标识。In a specific design, when the first PGW-C determines that the first SGW-C is abnormal, it sends the first SGW-C identifier to the first PGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-C向第一PGW-U发送会话对应的SGW-C的标识。In a specific design, the first PGW-C sends the identification of the SGW-C corresponding to the session to the first PGW-U.
基于同一发明构思,第十一方面或第十一方面的具体的设计的有益效果可以参见上述第九方面或第九方面的具体的设计的具体的设计的有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the beneficial effects of the specific design of the eleventh aspect or the eleventh aspect may refer to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the ninth aspect or the ninth aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种业务恢复系统,业务恢复系统包括移动管理实体MME、多个服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C、多个服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U、多个分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C以及多个分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U,其中:第一SGW-C,用于从第一PGW-C或第一SGW-U接收发生异常的第一PGW-U的标识,第一SGW-C为该多个SGW-C中的一个,第一PGW-C为该多个PGW-C中与第一SGW-C对接的PGW-C,第一SGW-U为该多个SGW-U中与第一SGW-C对接的SGW-U,第一PGW-U分别与第一PGW-C和第一SGW-C对接;第一SGW-C,用于向MME发送发生异常的第一PGW-U的标识;MME,用于从第一SGW-C接收第一PGW-U的标识,并根据第一PGW-U的标识确定受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话;MME,还用于对第一会话进行删除,并指示第一会话对应的用户设备重新建立分组数据网PDN连接。基于第十三方面所描述的系统,能够对受影响的业务进行恢复。In the thirteenth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a service recovery system. The service recovery system includes a mobility management entity MME, multiple serving gateway control plane function entities SGW-C, multiple serving gateway user plane function entities SGW-U, Multiple packet data network gateway control plane function entities PGW-C and multiple packet data network gateway user plane function entities PGW-U, among which: the first SGW-C is used to slave the first PGW-C or the first SGW-U Receive the identifier of the first PGW-U that is abnormal, the first SGW-C is one of the plurality of SGW-Cs, and the first PGW-C is the PGW of the plurality of PGW-Cs that is connected to the first SGW-C -C, the first SGW-U is the SGW-U docked with the first SGW-C among the plurality of SGW-Us, and the first PGW-U is docked with the first PGW-C and the first SGW-C respectively; SGW-C is used to send the identifier of the abnormal first PGW-U to the MME; MME is used to receive the identifier of the first PGW-U from the first SGW-C, and determine the recipient according to the identifier of the first PGW-U The first session affected by the first PGW-U; the MME is also used to delete the first session and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a packet data network PDN connection. Based on the system described in the thirteenth aspect, the affected business can be restored.
在一种具体的设计中,MME,还用于在会话中记录会话所使用的PGW-U的标识;MME根据第一PGW-U的标识确定受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话的具体实施方式为:MME确定会话中具有第一PGW-U的标识的会话为受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话。基于该具体的设计,MME能够准确地确定出受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the MME is also used to record the identity of the PGW-U used in the session; the MME determines the specific identity of the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identity of the first PGW-U The implementation manner is: the MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first PGW-U. Based on this specific design, the MME can accurately determine the first session affected by the first PGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,MME对第一会话进行删除,并指示第一会话对应的用户设备重新 建立分组数据网PDN连接的具体实施方式为:当MME接收到第一会话的上行信令时,删除第一会话,并指示第一会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。在该具体的设计中,当MME接收到用户设备侧发送的信令时,就可触发对该信令对应的业务进行恢复,因此通过该设计,有利于及时恢复紧急业务。In a specific design, the MME deletes the first session and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a packet data network PDN connection. The specific implementation is: when the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session To delete the first session, and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a PDN connection. In this specific design, when the MME receives the signaling sent by the user equipment side, it can trigger the restoration of the service corresponding to the signaling. Therefore, this design facilitates the timely restoration of emergency services.
在一种具体的设计中,第一SGW-U,用于在确定第一PGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话;第一SGW-U,用于在接收到第二会话的上行数据报文时,向第一SGW-C发送通知消息,该通知消息用于通知第二会话接收到上行数据报文;第一SGW-C,用于从第一SGW-U接收通知消息;第一SGW-C,还用于删除第二会话,并指示第二会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。基于该设计,第一SGW-U能够在接收到第二会话的上行数据报文时,就及时地触发对第二会话的业务进行恢复。In a specific design, the first SGW-U is used to determine the second session affected by the first PGW-U when it is determined that the first PGW-U is abnormal; the first SGW-U is used to When the uplink data message of the second session arrives, a notification message is sent to the first SGW-C, and the notification message is used to notify the second session that the uplink data message is received; the first SGW-C is used to send the message from the first SGW-C. U receives the notification message; the first SGW-C is also used to delete the second session and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the second session to re-establish a PDN connection. Based on this design, when the first SGW-U receives the uplink data message of the second session, it can trigger the service recovery of the second session in time.
在一种具体的设计中,第一SGW-U,还用于在会话中记录会话所使用的PGW-U的标识;第一SGW-U确定受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话的具体实施方式为:第一SGW-U确定会话中具有第一PGW-U的标识的会话为受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话。基于该具体的设计,第一SGW-U能够准确地确定出受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话。In a specific design, the first SGW-U is also used to record the identification of the PGW-U used in the session; the first SGW-U determines the specific details of the second session affected by the first PGW-U The implementation manner is: the first SGW-U determines that the session with the identity of the first PGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first PGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first SGW-U can accurately determine the second session affected by the first PGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-C,用于在检测到第一PGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话;第一PGW-C,还用于在接收到第三会话的下行信令时,删除第三会话,并指示第三会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。基于该设计,第一PGW-C能够在接收到第三会话的信令时,就及时地触发对第三会话的业务进行恢复。In a specific design, the first PGW-C is used to determine the third session affected by the first PGW-U when an abnormality of the first PGW-U is detected; the first PGW-C is also used for When the downlink signaling of the third session is received, the third session is deleted, and the user equipment corresponding to the third session is instructed to re-establish the PDN connection. Based on this design, the first PGW-C can trigger the service recovery of the third session in time when receiving the signaling of the third session.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-C,还用于在会话中记录会话所使用的PGW-U的标识;第一PGW-C确定受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话的具体实施方式为:第一PGW-C确定会话中具有第一PGW-U的标识的会话为受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话。基于该具体的设计,第一PGW-C能够准确地确定出受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话。In a specific design, the first PGW-C is also used to record the identification of the PGW-U used in the session; the first PGW-C determines the specific details of the third session affected by the first PGW-U The implementation manner is: the first PGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first PGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first PGW-C can accurately determine the third session affected by the first PGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-C,还用于当接收到第四会话的信令时,根据第四会话的信令向第四会话所使用的第二PGW-U发送消息;第一PGW-C,还用于在向第二PGW-U重传消息之后,若第一PGW-C在预设时间段内未接收到消息的响应消息,则删除第四会话,并指示第四会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。基于该具体的设计,在第一PGW-C未及时地感知第二PGW-U发生异常时,也能及时地对受第二PGW-U影响的业务进行恢复。In a specific design, the first PGW-C is also used to send a message to the second PGW-U used in the fourth session according to the signaling of the fourth session when the signaling of the fourth session is received; The first PGW-C is also used to, after retransmitting the message to the second PGW-U, if the first PGW-C does not receive a response message for the message within a preset time period, delete the fourth session and indicate the first The user equipment corresponding to the fourth session re-establishes the PDN connection. Based on this specific design, when the first PGW-C does not sense the abnormality of the second PGW-U in time, the services affected by the second PGW-U can be restored in time.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种业务恢复方法,该方法包括:第一服务网关控制面功能实SGW-C从第一分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C或第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U接收发生异常的第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U的标识,第一PGW-C与第一SGW-C对接,第一SGW-U为与第一SGW-C对接的SGW-U,第一PGW-U与第一PGW-C对接,第一PGW-U与第一SGW-U对接;第一SGW-C向移动管理实体MME发送发生异常的第一PGW-U的标识;MME从第一SGW-C接收第一PGW-U的标识;MME根据第一PGW-U的标识确定受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话;MME对第一会话进行删除,并指示第一会话对应的用户设备重新建立分组数据网PDN连接。In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a service recovery method. The method includes: the first serving gateway control plane function realizing SGW-C from the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C or the first service The gateway user plane function entity SGW-U receives the identifier of the abnormal first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U. The first PGW-C is connected to the first SGW-C, and the first SGW-U is connected to the first SGW-U docked with SGW-C, the first PGW-U is docked with the first PGW-C, and the first PGW-U is docked with the first SGW-U; the first SGW-C sends the abnormal first to the mobility management entity MME A PGW-U identifier; the MME receives the identifier of the first PGW-U from the first SGW-C; the MME determines the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identifier of the first PGW-U; the MME responds to the first session Delete, and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a packet data network PDN connection.
在一种具体的设计中,MME在会话中记录会话所使用的PGW-U的标识;MME根据第一PGW-U的标识确定受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话的具体实施方式为:MME确定会话中具有第一PGW-U的标识的会话为受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the MME records the identification of the PGW-U used by the session in the session; the specific implementation manner for the MME to determine the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identification of the first PGW-U is: The MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first PGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,MME对第一会话进行删除,并指示第一会话对应的用户设备重新建立分组数据网PDN连接的具体实施方式为:当MME接收到第一会话的上行信令时,删除 第一会话,并指示第一会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。In a specific design, the MME deletes the first session and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a packet data network PDN connection. The specific implementation is: when the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session To delete the first session, and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a PDN connection.
在一种具体的设计中,该方法还包括以下步骤:第一SGW-U在确定第一PGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话;第一SGW-U在接收到第二会话的上行数据报文时,向第一SGW-C发送通知消息,该通知消息用于通知第二会话接收到上行数据报文;第一SGW-C从第一SGW-U接收通知消息;第一SGW-C删除第二会话,并指示第二会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。In a specific design, the method further includes the following steps: when the first SGW-U determines that the first PGW-U is abnormal, it determines the second session affected by the first PGW-U; When receiving the uplink data packet of the second session, send a notification message to the first SGW-C, the notification message is used to notify the second session that the uplink data packet is received; the first SGW-C receives the uplink data packet from the first SGW-U Notification message; the first SGW-C deletes the second session and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the second session to re-establish a PDN connection.
在一种具体的设计中,第一SGW-U还可在会话中记录会话所使用的PGW-U的标识;第一SGW-U确定受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话的具体实施方式为:第一SGW-U确定会话中具有第一PGW-U的标识的会话为受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话。In a specific design, the first SGW-U can also record the identification of the PGW-U used by the session in the session; the first SGW-U determines the specific implementation of the second session affected by the first PGW-U It is: the first SGW-U determines that the session with the identity of the first PGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first PGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,该方法还包括以下步骤:第一PGW-C在检测到第一PGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话;第一PGW-C在接收到第三会话的下行信令时,删除第三会话,并指示第三会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。In a specific design, the method further includes the following steps: when the first PGW-C detects that the first PGW-U is abnormal, it determines the third session affected by the first PGW-U; the first PGW-C When the downlink signaling of the third session is received, the third session is deleted, and the user equipment corresponding to the third session is instructed to re-establish the PDN connection.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-C在会话中记录会话所使用的PGW-U的标识;第一PGW-C确定受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话的具体实施方式为:第一PGW-C确定会话中具有第一PGW-U的标识的会话为受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话。In a specific design, the first PGW-C records the identification of the PGW-U used by the session in the session; the specific implementation manner for the first PGW-C to determine the third session affected by the first PGW-U is: The first PGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first PGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,当第一PGW-C接收到第四会话的信令时,根据第四会话的信令向第四会话所使用的第二PGW-U发送消息;第一PGW-C在向第二PGW-U重传消息之后,若第一PGW-C在预设时间段内未接收到消息的响应消息,则删除第四会话,并指示第四会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。In a specific design, when the first PGW-C receives the signaling of the fourth session, it sends a message to the second PGW-U used in the fourth session according to the signaling of the fourth session; the first PGW-C After C retransmits the message to the second PGW-U, if the first PGW-C does not receive the response message of the message within the preset time period, delete the fourth session and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the fourth session to re-establish PDN connection.
基于同一发明构思,第十四方面或第十四方面的具体的设计的有益效果可以参见上述第十三方面或第十三方面的具体的设计的具体的设计的有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the beneficial effects of the specific design of the fourteenth aspect or the fourteenth aspect can be referred to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect or the thirteenth aspect, and the repetition will not be omitted. Repeat.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种业务恢复方法,该方法包括:移动管理实体MME从第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C接收发生异常的第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U的标识;MME根据第一PGW-U的标识确定受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话;MME对第一会话进行删除,并指示第一会话对应的用户设备重新建立分组数据网PDN连接。In a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a service recovery method. The method includes: a mobility management entity MME receives an abnormal first packet data network gateway user plane function from a first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C The identity of the entity PGW-U; the MME determines the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identity of the first PGW-U; the MME deletes the first session and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish packet data Network PDN connection.
在一种具体的设计中,MME还可在会话中记录会话所使用的PGW-U的标识;MME根据第一PGW-U的标识确定受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话的具体实施方式为:MME确定会话中具有第一PGW-U的标识的会话为受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the MME may also record the identification of the PGW-U used in the session; the MME determines the specific implementation of the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identification of the first PGW-U It is: the MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first PGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,MME对第一会话进行删除,并指示第一会话对应的用户设备重新建立分组数据网PDN连接的具体实施方式为:当MME接收到第一会话的上行信令时,删除第一会话,并指示第一会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。In a specific design, the MME deletes the first session and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a packet data network PDN connection. The specific implementation is: when the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session To delete the first session, and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a PDN connection.
基于同一发明构思,第十五方面或第十五方面的具体的设计的有益效果可以参见上述第十三方面或第十三方面的具体的设计的具体的设计的有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the beneficial effects of the specific design of the fifteenth aspect or the fifteenth aspect may refer to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the thirteenth aspect or the specific design of the thirteenth aspect. Repeat.
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种业务恢复方法,该方法包括:第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U在确定第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话;第一SGW-U在接收到第二会话的上行数据报文时,向第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C发送通知消息,该通知消息用于通知第二会话接收到上行数据报文。In a sixteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a service recovery method, which includes: when the first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U determines that the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U is abnormal , Determine the second session affected by the first PGW-U; when the first SGW-U receives the uplink data message of the second session, it sends a notification message to the first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C. The message is used to notify the second session that the uplink data packet is received.
在一种具体的设计中,第一SGW-U还可在会话中记录会话所使用的PGW-U的标识;第一SGW-U确定受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话的具体实施方式为:第一SGW-U确定会话中 具有第一PGW-U的标识的会话为受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话。In a specific design, the first SGW-U can also record the identification of the PGW-U used by the session in the session; the first SGW-U determines the specific implementation of the second session affected by the first PGW-U It is: the first SGW-U determines that the session with the identity of the first PGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first PGW-U.
基于同一发明构思,第十六方面或第十六方面的具体的设计的有益效果可以参见上述第十三方面的具体的设计的具体的设计的有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the beneficial effects of the specific design of the sixteenth aspect or the sixteenth aspect may refer to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
第十七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种业务恢复方法,该方法包括:第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C从第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U接收通知消息,通知消息用于通知第二会话接收到上行数据报文,第二会话为受异常第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U影响的会话;第一SGW-C删除第二会话,并指示第二会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。In a seventeenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a service recovery method. The method includes: the first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C receives a notification message from the first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U, and the notification message Used to notify the second session that the uplink data packet is received. The second session is the session affected by the abnormal first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U; the first SGW-C deletes the second session and instructs the second session The user equipment corresponding to the session re-establishes the PDN connection.
基于同一发明构思,第十七方面的有益效果可以参见上述第十三方面的具体的设计的具体的设计的有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the beneficial effects of the seventeenth aspect may refer to the specific design of the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
第十八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种业务恢复方法,该方法包括:第一分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C在检测到第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话;第一PGW-C在接收到第三会话的下行信令时,删除第三会话,并指示第三会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。In an eighteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a service recovery method. The method includes: the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C detects that the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U When an exception occurs, determine the third session affected by the first PGW-U; when the first PGW-C receives the downlink signaling of the third session, delete the third session and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the third session to re-establish PDN connection.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-C还可在会话中记录会话所使用的PGW-U的标识;第一PGW-C确定受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话的具体实施方式为:第一PGW-C确定会话中具有第一PGW-U的标识的会话为受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话。In a specific design, the first PGW-C may also record the identification of the PGW-U used by the session in the session; the first PGW-C determines the specific implementation of the third session affected by the first PGW-U It is: the first PGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first PGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,当第一PGW-C接收到第四会话的信令时,根据第四会话的信令向第四会话所使用的第二PGW-U发送消息;第一PGW-C在向第二PGW-U重传消息之后,若第一PGW-C在预设时间段内未接收到消息的响应消息,则删除第四会话,并指示第四会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。In a specific design, when the first PGW-C receives the signaling of the fourth session, it sends a message to the second PGW-U used in the fourth session according to the signaling of the fourth session; the first PGW-C After C retransmits the message to the second PGW-U, if the first PGW-C does not receive the response message of the message within the preset time period, delete the fourth session and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the fourth session to re-establish PDN connection.
基于同一发明构思,第十八方面或第十八方面的具体的设计的有益效果可以参见上述第十三方面的具体的设计的具体的设计的有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the beneficial effects of the specific design of the eighteenth aspect or the eighteenth aspect may refer to the beneficial effects of the specific design of the above-mentioned thirteenth aspect, and the repetition will not be repeated.
第十九方面,提供了一种网络设备,可执行上述第三方面~第八方面、第三方面的具体的设计~第八方面的具体的设计、第十一方面、第十二方面、第十一方面的具体的设计、第十二方面的具体的设计、第十五方面~第十八方面、第十五方面的具体的设计~第十八方面的具体的设计中任意一项的方法。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。该单元可以是软件和/或硬件。基于同一发明构思,该根节点解决问题的原理以及有益效果可以参见上述第三方面~第八方面、第三方面的具体的设计~第八方面的具体的设计、第十一方面、第十二方面、第十一方面的具体的设计、第十二方面的具体的设计、第十五方面~第十八方面、第十五方面的具体的设计~第十八方面的具体的设计中任意一项的方法以及有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。In a nineteenth aspect, a network device is provided that can execute the above-mentioned third aspect to the eighth aspect, the specific design of the third aspect to the specific design of the eighth aspect, the eleventh aspect, the twelfth aspect, and the third aspect. The specific design of the eleventh aspect, the specific design of the twelfth aspect, the specific design of the fifteenth aspect to the eighteenth aspect, the specific design of the fifteenth aspect to the specific design of the eighteenth aspect. . This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions. The unit can be software and/or hardware. Based on the same inventive concept, the principle and beneficial effects of the root node to solve the problem can be found in the third aspect to the eighth aspect, the specific design of the third aspect to the specific design of the eighth aspect, the eleventh aspect, and the twelfth aspect. Aspect, the specific design of the eleventh aspect, the specific design of the twelfth aspect, the specific design of the fifteenth aspect to the eighteenth aspect, the specific design of the fifteenth aspect to the specific design of the eighteenth aspect The methods and beneficial effects of the items will not be repeated here.
第二十方面,提供了一种网络设备,该网络设备包括:处理器、存储器、通信接口;处理器、通信接口和存储器相连;其中,通信接口可以为收发器。通信接口用于实现与其他网元之间的通信。其中,一个或多个程序被存储在存储器中,该处理器调用存储在该存储器中的程序以实现上述第三方面~第八方面、第三方面的具体的设计~第八方面的具体的设计、第十一方面、第十二方面、第十一方面的具体的设计、第十二方面的具体的设计、第十五方面~第十八方面、第十五方面的具体的设计~第十八方面的具体的设计中任意一项的方法,该网络设备解决问题的实施方式以及有益效果可以参见上述第三方面~第八方面、第三方面的具体的设计~第八方面的具体的设计、第十一方面、第十二方面、第十一方面的具体的设计、第十二 方面的具体的设计、第十五方面~第十八方面、第十五方面的具体的设计~第十八方面的具体的设计中任意一项的方法以及有益效果,重复之处不再赘述。In a twentieth aspect, a network device is provided. The network device includes a processor, a memory, and a communication interface; the processor, the communication interface and the memory are connected; wherein the communication interface may be a transceiver. The communication interface is used to realize communication with other network elements. Wherein, one or more programs are stored in the memory, and the processor calls the programs stored in the memory to implement the third aspect to the eighth aspect, the specific design of the third aspect to the specific design of the eighth aspect , The eleventh aspect, the twelfth aspect, the specific design of the eleventh aspect, the specific design of the twelfth aspect, the fifteenth aspect to the eighteenth aspect, the specific design of the fifteenth aspect to the tenth For the method of any one of the eight aspects of the specific design, the implementation of the network device to solve the problem and the beneficial effects can be referred to the third aspect to the eighth aspect, and the specific design of the third aspect to the eighth aspect. , The eleventh aspect, the twelfth aspect, the specific design of the eleventh aspect, the specific design of the twelfth aspect, the fifteenth aspect to the eighteenth aspect, the specific design of the fifteenth aspect to the tenth The method and beneficial effects of any one of the eight aspects of the specific design will not be repeated here.
第二十一方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第三方面~第八方面、第三方面的具体的设计~第八方面的具体的设计、第十一方面、第十二方面、第十一方面的具体的设计、第十二方面的具体的设计、第十五方面~第十八方面、第十五方面的具体的设计~第十八方面的具体的设计中任意一项的方法。In the twenty-first aspect, a computer program product is provided, which when it runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned third aspect to the eighth aspect, the specific design of the third aspect to the eighth aspect, The eleventh aspect, the twelfth aspect, the specific design of the eleventh aspect, the specific design of the twelfth aspect, the fifteenth aspect to the eighteenth aspect, the specific design of the fifteenth aspect to the eighteenth aspect Any one of the specific design methods.
第二十二方面,提供了一种芯片产品,执行上述第三方面~第八方面、第三方面的具体的设计~第八方面的具体的设计、第十一方面、第十二方面、第十一方面的具体的设计、第十二方面的具体的设计、第十五方面~第十八方面、第十五方面的具体的设计~第十八方面的具体的设计中任意一项的方法。The twenty-second aspect provides a chip product that implements the above-mentioned third aspect to the eighth aspect, the specific design of the third aspect to the specific design of the eighth aspect, the eleventh aspect, the twelfth aspect, and the The specific design of the eleventh aspect, the specific design of the twelfth aspect, the specific design of the fifteenth aspect to the eighteenth aspect, the specific design of the fifteenth aspect to the specific design of the eighteenth aspect. .
第二十三方面,提了供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第三方面~第八方面、第三方面的具体的设计~第八方面的具体的设计、第十一方面、第十二方面、第十一方面的具体的设计、第十二方面的具体的设计、第十五方面~第十八方面、第十五方面的具体的设计~第十八方面的具体的设计中任意一项的方法。In a twenty-third aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the aforementioned third to eighth aspects, and Three specific designs ~ eighth specific design, eleventh, twelfth, eleventh specific design, twelfth specific design, fifteenth to tenth Eighth aspect, fifteenth aspect specific design ~ eighteenth aspect specific design method.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是现有的一种通信系统的示意图;Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of an existing communication system;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种网关选择方法的流程示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的另一种网关选择方法的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of another gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的又一种网关选择方法的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of yet another gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的又一种网关选择方法的流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of yet another gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的又一种网关选择方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of yet another gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种业务恢复方法的流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a service recovery method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种业务恢复方法的流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another service recovery method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种业务恢复方法的流程示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another service recovery method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备的结构示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
为了使本发明的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本发明实施例的技术方案进行描述。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions, and advantages of the present invention clearer, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
为了能够更好地理解本申请实施例,下面对本申请实施例可应用的系统架构进行说明:In order to better understand the embodiments of this application, the following describes the applicable system architecture of the embodiments of this application:
请参见图2,图2是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图。如图2所示,该通信系统中至少包括移动管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)、多个服务网关控制面功能实体(serving gateway control plane function,SGW-C)、多个服务网关用户面功能实体(serving gateway user plane function,SGW-U)、多个分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体(PDN gateway control plane function,PGW-C)和多个分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体(PDN gateway user plane function,PGW-U)。其中,图2以通信系统包括2个SGW-C、4个SGW-U、 2个PGW-C和4个PGW-U为例,当然该通信系统中还可包括更多的SGW-C、SGW-U、PGW-C和PGW-U。或者,该通信系统中可包括4个以下的SGW-U和4个以下的PGW-U,本申请实施例不做限定。Please refer to FIG. 2, which is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 2, the communication system includes at least a mobility management entity (MME), multiple serving gateway control plane function entities (serving gateway control plane functions, SGW-C), and multiple serving gateway user plane functions Entity (serving gateway user plane function, SGW-U), multiple packet data network gateway control plane function entities (PDN gateway control plane function, PGW-C), and multiple packet data network gateway user plane function entities (PDN gateway user plane) function, PGW-U). Among them, Figure 2 takes the communication system including 2 SGW-C, 4 SGW-U, 2 PGW-C and 4 PGW-U as an example. Of course, the communication system can also include more SGW-C and SGW -U, PGW-C and PGW-U. Alternatively, the communication system may include less than 4 SGW-Us and less than 4 PGW-Us, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,一个SGW-C可对接一个或多个SGW-U,一个SGW-U也可对接一个或多个SGW-C,SGW-C与SGW-U之间通过Sxa接口进行通信。一个SGW-C可对接一个或多个PGW-C,一个PGW-C也可对接一个或多个SGW-C,SGW-C与PGW-C之间通过S5/8-C接口进行通信。一个PGW-C可对接一个或多个PGW-U,一个PGW-U也可对接一个或多个PGW-C,PGW-C与PGW-U之间通过Sxb接口进行通信。一个SGW-U可对接一个或多个PGW-U,一个PGW-U也可对接一个或多个SGW-U,SGW-U与PGW-U之间通过S5/8-U接口进行通信。Among them, one SGW-C can be connected to one or more SGW-Us, and one SGW-U can also be connected to one or more SGW-Cs, and the SGW-C and SGW-U communicate through the Sxa interface. One SGW-C can be connected to one or more PGW-Cs, and one PGW-C can also be connected to one or more SGW-Cs. SGW-C and PGW-C communicate through the S5/8-C interface. A PGW-C can be connected to one or more PGW-Us, and a PGW-U can be connected to one or more PGW-Cs. PGW-C and PGW-U communicate through the Sxb interface. One SGW-U can be connected to one or more PGW-Us, and one PGW-U can also be connected to one or more SGW-Us. The SGW-U and PGW-U communicate through the S5/8-U interface.
其中,MME可用于接入控制,移动性管理,附着与去附着,会话管理功能,SGW-C和PGW-C的选择等。关于MME的其他功能与描述可参见相关3GPP TS 23.401等标准中的描述,在此不赘述。Among them, MME can be used for access control, mobility management, attach and detach, session management functions, selection of SGW-C and PGW-C, etc. For other functions and descriptions of the MME, please refer to the descriptions in the relevant 3GPP TS 23.401 and other standards, which will not be repeated here.
其中,SGW-C用于对SGW-U进行管理或选择,或实现其他非会话级的管理功能。PGW-C用于对PGW-U进行管理或选择,或实现其他非会话级的管理功能。SGW-U和PGW-U用于IP包的转发、承载/APN的流量关注、业务检测等。关于SGW-C、PGW-C、SGW-U和PGW-U的其他功能与描述可参见3GPP TS 23.214等标准中的描述,在此不赘述。Among them, SGW-C is used to manage or select SGW-U, or to implement other non-session-level management functions. PGW-C is used to manage or select PGW-U, or to implement other non-session-level management functions. SGW-U and PGW-U are used for IP packet forwarding, bearer/APN traffic attention, service detection, etc. For other functions and descriptions of SGW-C, PGW-C, SGW-U and PGW-U, please refer to the descriptions in 3GPP TS 23.214 and other standards, which will not be repeated here.
如图2所示,该通信系统还可包括演进的通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入网(evolved universal mobile telecommunications system territorial radio access network,E-UTRAN)和用户设备(user equipment,UE)。图2以包括一个UE为例,当然该通信系统中还可包括多个UE,本申请实施例不做限定。其中,SGW-U与E-UTRAN通过S1-U接口通信。E-UTRAN与UE通过LTE-Uu接口通信。As shown in Figure 2, the communication system may also include an evolved universal mobile telecommunications system territorial radio access network (E-UTRAN) and user equipment (UE). FIG. 2 takes one UE as an example. Of course, the communication system may also include multiple UEs, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Among them, SGW-U and E-UTRAN communicate through the S1-U interface. E-UTRAN communicates with UE through LTE-Uu interface.
其中,上述E-UTRAN中包括接入网设备。该接入网设备可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于所述覆盖区域内的用户设备进行通信,接入网设备可以支持不同制式的通信协议,或者可以支持不同的通信模式。例如,接入网设备可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolutional node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)中的无线网络控制器,或者可以为5G网络中的接入网设备,如gNB,或者可以为小站、微站或者传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP),还可以是中继站、接入点或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的接入网设备等。Wherein, the above-mentioned E-UTRAN includes access network equipment. The access network device can provide communication coverage for a specific geographic area, and can communicate with user equipment located in the coverage area. The access network device can support communication protocols of different standards or can support different communication modes. For example, the access network equipment may be an evolved base station (evolutional node B, eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or a radio network controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN), or may be The access network equipment in the 5G network, such as gNB, may be a small station, a micro station, or a transmission reception point (TRP), or a relay station, an access point, or a public land mobile network that will evolve in the future. Land mobile network (PLMN) access network equipment, etc.
其中,上述UE可以指接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、终端设备、移动终端、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、物联网中的终端设备、虚拟现实设备、第五代(fifth generation,5G)网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等。Among them, the aforementioned UE may refer to an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a terminal device, a mobile terminal, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent, or a user device. The access terminal can be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the Internet of Things, virtual reality devices, terminal devices in the fifth generation (5G) network, or Terminal equipment in the future evolving public land mobile network (PLMN).
其中,上述MME、SGW-C、SGW-U、PGW-C和PGW-U为核心网中的设备。UE、E-UTRAN和核心网组成演进的分组系统(Evolved Packet System,EPS)。如图2所示,该通信系统还可包括分组数据网(Packet Data Network,PDN)。其中,PDN与PGW-U通过SGi接口进行 通信。Among them, the aforementioned MME, SGW-C, SGW-U, PGW-C, and PGW-U are devices in the core network. UE, E-UTRAN, and core network form an evolved packet system (Evolved Packet System, EPS). As shown in Figure 2, the communication system may also include a Packet Data Network (PDN). Among them, PDN and PGW-U communicate through the SGi interface.
在LTE网络中UE必须连接到至少一个PDN才能执行数据通信的工作。UE与PDN之间建立的PDN连接也可称为会话。在一个会话中UE可接收来自PDN的数据,也可发送数据至PDN,会话通过EPS承载在UE和PDN之间传输数据。EPS承载可承载可视电话、网络视频、VoLTE等业务的数据。如果SGW-U发生异常,则UE与PDN之间的通道会发生中断,导致会话的业务不能正常进行。因此,需要重新为受影响的会话选择SGW-U。In the LTE network, the UE must be connected to at least one PDN to perform data communication. The PDN connection established between the UE and the PDN may also be called a session. In a session, the UE can receive data from the PDN and can also send data to the PDN. The session is carried by EPS to transmit data between the UE and the PDN. The EPS bearer can bear the data of services such as videophone, network video, and VoLTE. If the SGW-U is abnormal, the channel between the UE and the PDN will be interrupted, causing the conversation service to not be able to proceed normally. Therefore, SGW-U needs to be reselected for the affected session.
为此,本申请实施例提供了一种网关选择系统及方法,能够在SGW-U故障时,为受异常SGW-U影响的会话重选SGW-U。其中,该网关选择系统可包括上述通信系统中的网元。To this end, embodiments of the present application provide a gateway selection system and method, which can reselect SGW-U for sessions affected by abnormal SGW-U when SGW-U fails. Wherein, the gateway selection system may include the network elements in the aforementioned communication system.
基于上述通信系统,请参见图3,图3是本申请实施例提供的一种网关选择方法的流程示意图。图3所描述的方法用于在SGW-U发生异常时,及时地对受异常SGW-U影响的会话重新选择SGW-U。在图3所描述的方法中,通过MME来记录受故障的SGW-U影响的第一会话。MME可以主动为第一会话重新选择SGW-U。或者,MME可在从用户设备侧接收到该第一会话的信令时,发起为第一会话重新选择SGW-U的流程。如图3所示,该网关选择方法包括如下301~304部分,其中:Based on the above communication system, please refer to FIG. 3, which is a schematic flowchart of a gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method described in FIG. 3 is used to reselect the SGW-U in time for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-U when the SGW-U is abnormal. In the method described in FIG. 3, the first session affected by the failed SGW-U is recorded through the MME. The MME can actively reselect the SGW-U for the first session. Alternatively, the MME may initiate the process of reselecting the SGW-U for the first session when receiving the signaling of the first session from the user equipment side. As shown in Figure 3, the gateway selection method includes the following parts 301 to 304, among which:
301、第一SGW-C在检测到与该第一SGW-C对接的第一SGW-U发生异常时,向MME发送第一SGW-U的标识。301. The first SGW-C sends an identification of the first SGW-U to the MME when detecting that the first SGW-U docked with the first SGW-C is abnormal.
本申请实施例中,第一SGW-C为上述网关选择系统中多个SGW-C中的任意一个SGW-C。第一SGW-U为与该第一SGW-C对接的SGW-U中的任意一个SGW-U。例如,第一SGW-C可以为图2中的SGW-C1或SGW-C2。第一SGW-C为SGW-C1时,第一SGW-U为图2中的SGW-U1或SGW-U2。第一SGW-C为SGW-C2时,第一SGW-U为图2中的SGW-U3或SGW-U4。In the embodiment of the present application, the first SGW-C is any one SGW-C among the multiple SGW-Cs in the aforementioned gateway selection system. The first SGW-U is any SGW-U among the SGW-Us docked with the first SGW-C. For example, the first SGW-C may be SGW-C1 or SGW-C2 in FIG. 2. When the first SGW-C is SGW-C1, the first SGW-U is SGW-U1 or SGW-U2 in FIG. 2. When the first SGW-C is SGW-C2, the first SGW-U is SGW-U3 or SGW-U4 in FIG. 2.
其中,第一SGW-U的标识可以为第一SGW-U的IP地址。The identifier of the first SGW-U may be the IP address of the first SGW-U.
其中,第一SGW-U发生异常可以是指第一SGW-U发生故障或第一SGW-U发生重启。The abnormality of the first SGW-U may mean that the first SGW-U fails or the first SGW-U restarts.
其中,第一SGW-C可通过Sx接口的HeatBeat消息确定第一SGW-U是否发生异常。例如,第一SGW-C可以以预设时间为周期向第一SGW-U发送HeatBeat请求消息。第一SGW-U接收到该HeatBeat请求消息之后,会向第一SGW-C返回HeatBeat响应消息。如果第一SGW-C在预设时长内未接收到第一SGW-U发送的HeatBeat响应消息,则第一SGW-C确定第一SGW-U发生故障。如果第一SGW-C接收到HeatBeat响应消息,但HeatBeat响应消息中的复原计数器(recovery counter)中的值与上一次接收到的HeatBeat响应消息中复原计数器的值不相同,则第一SGW-C确定第一SGW-U发生重启。如果第一SGW-U发生重启,HeatBeat响应消息中的复原计数器的值会加1。因此,当第一SGW-C检测到HeatBeat响应消息中的复原计数器中的值与上一次接收到的HeatBeat响应消息中复原计数器的值不相同时,第一SGW-C可确定第一SGW-U发生重启。The first SGW-C can determine whether the first SGW-U is abnormal through the HeatBeat message of the Sx interface. For example, the first SGW-C may send a HeatBeat request message to the first SGW-U at a preset time period. After receiving the HeatBeat request message, the first SGW-U returns a HeatBeat response message to the first SGW-C. If the first SGW-C does not receive the HeatBeat response message sent by the first SGW-U within the preset time period, the first SGW-C determines that the first SGW-U is faulty. If the first SGW-C receives the HeatBeat response message, but the value of the recovery counter in the HeatBeat response message is different from the value of the recovery counter in the HeatBeat response message received last time, the first SGW-C It is determined that the first SGW-U restarts. If the first SGW-U restarts, the value of the recovery counter in the HeatBeat response message will increase by 1. Therefore, when the first SGW-C detects that the value of the restoration counter in the HeatBeat response message is different from the value of the restoration counter in the HeatBeat response message received last time, the first SGW-C can determine that the first SGW-U A restart occurred.
当然,第一SGW-C还可通过其他方式确定第一SGW-U是否发生异常,本申请实施例不做限定。Of course, the first SGW-C may also determine whether the first SGW-U is abnormal in other ways, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,第一SGW-C可以通过协议已有的Node级的Echo消息来向MME发送第一SGW-U的标识。或者,第一SGW-C可以通过协议已有的会话级的会话管理/移动性管理消息来向MME发送第一SGW-U的标识。或者,第一SGW-C也可以通过在协议之外定义的私有的Node级消息向MME发送第一SGW-U的标识。Wherein, the first SGW-C may send the identity of the first SGW-U to the MME through the existing Node-level Echo message of the agreement. Alternatively, the first SGW-C may send the identification of the first SGW-U to the MME through an existing session-level session management/mobility management message in the agreement. Alternatively, the first SGW-C may also send the identity of the first SGW-U to the MME through a private Node-level message defined outside the protocol.
302、MME根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话。302. The MME determines the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identity of the first SGW-U.
本申请实施例中,MME从第一SGW-C接收第一SGW-U的标识之后,MME根据第一SGW-U的标识从MME包括的会话中确定受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话。由于第一SGW-U故障,那么使用第一SGW-U中的会话的业务会受到影响。因此,受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话是指使用MME和第一SGW-U的会话。In the embodiment of this application, after the MME receives the identity of the first SGW-U from the first SGW-C, the MME determines the first session affected by the first SGW-U from the sessions included in the MME according to the identity of the first SGW-U . Due to the failure of the first SGW-U, the services using the session in the first SGW-U will be affected. Therefore, the first session affected by the first SGW-U refers to a session using the MME and the first SGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,MME可在会话中记录会话所使用的SGW-U的标识。MME根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话的具体实施方式为:MME确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话。基于该具体的设计,MME能够准确地确定出受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the MME may record the SGW-U identifier used in the session in the session. The specific implementation manner for the MME to determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U is: the MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is affected by the first SGW-U The first conversation. Based on this specific design, the MME can accurately determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
例如,会话1、会话2和会话3使用MME,因此MME中具有会话1、会话2和会话3。会话1和会话2还使用SGW-C1、SGW-U1、PGW-C1和PGW-U1。会话3还使用SGW-C2、SGW-U3、PGW-C2和PGW-U3。那么,MME会在会话1和会话2中记录SGW-U1的标识,并在会话3中记录SGW-U3的标识。如果第一SGW-U为SGW-U1,MME接收SGW-U1的标识之后,在MME的会话中查找SGW-U1的标识。MME在会话1和会话2中查找到SGW-U1的标识。因此,MME将会话1和会话2确定为确定受SGW-U1影响的第一会话。For example, session 1, session 2, and session 3 use MME, so there are session 1, session 2, and session 3 in the MME. Session 1 and Session 2 also use SGW-C1, SGW-U1, PGW-C1, and PGW-U1. Session 3 also uses SGW-C2, SGW-U3, PGW-C2, and PGW-U3. Then, the MME will record the identification of SGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2, and the identification of SGW-U3 in Session 3. If the first SGW-U is SGW-U1, after receiving the identifier of SGW-U1, the MME searches for the identifier of SGW-U1 in the MME session. The MME finds the identity of SGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2. Therefore, the MME determines Session 1 and Session 2 as the first session determined to be affected by SGW-U1.
本申请实施例全文中,会话所使用的SGW-U也可称为会话所在的SGW-U或称为会话对应的SGW-U。In the full text of the embodiments of this application, the SGW-U used in the session may also be referred to as the SGW-U where the session is located or the SGW-U corresponding to the session.
在一种具体的设计中,MME根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话之后,MME需要记录受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话,以便后续为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C。例如,MME可通过以下方式记录受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话:MME对第一会话进行标记。或者,MME对第一会话置标志位。或者,MME创建一个受第一SGW-U影响的会话列表,将第一会话加入该列表。例如,MME将会话1和会话2确定为确定受SGW-U1影响的第一会话之后,对会话1和会话2进行标记。或者,MME对会话1和会话2置标志位。或者,MME将会话1和会话2加入受第一SGW-U影响的会话列表中。In a specific design, after the MME determines the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U, the MME needs to record the first session affected by the first SGW-U so that it can be the first session subsequently. One session reselects the second SGW-C that has not failed. For example, the MME may record the first session affected by the first SGW-U in the following manner: the MME marks the first session. Or, the MME sets a flag bit for the first session. Or, the MME creates a list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U, and adds the first session to the list. For example, after determining that Session 1 and Session 2 are the first sessions affected by SGW-U1, the MME marks Session 1 and Session 2. Or, the MME sets flag bits for session 1 and session 2. Or, the MME adds Session 1 and Session 2 to the list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,MME为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C之后,MME取消对第一会话的记录。这样MME后续就可对第一会话的业务进行正常处理。例如,MME为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C之后,MME取消对第一会话的标记。或者,MME取消对第一会话置的标志位。或者,MME将第一会话移除受第一SGW-U影响的会话列表。In a specific design, after the MME reselects the second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session, the MME cancels the recording of the first session. In this way, the MME can subsequently process the service of the first session normally. For example, after the MME re-selects the second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session, the MME cancels the marking of the first session. Or, the MME cancels the flag bit set for the first session. Or, the MME removes the first session from the list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U.
303、MME为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C。303. The MME reselects a second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session.
本申请实施例中,MME确定第一会话之后,为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C,以便后续第二SGW-C能够为第一会话的业务提供服务。其中,第二SGW-C可以与第一SGW-C相同或不同,本申请实施例不做限定。In the embodiment of the present application, after determining the first session, the MME re-selects the second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session, so that the subsequent second SGW-C can provide services for the services of the first session. The second SGW-C may be the same as or different from the first SGW-C, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
例如,第一SGW-C为SGW-C1。会话1和会话2为受SGW-U1影响的第一会话。那么,MME为会话1重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C,并为会话2重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C。第二SGW-C可以为SGW-C1或SGW-C2,即MME可选择原来的SGW-C1继续为第一会话提供服务或者选择其他未故障的SGW-C2继续为第一会话提供服务。其中,MME为会话1重新选择的第二SGW-C可以与为会话2重新选择的第二SGW-C相同或不同,本申请实施例不做限定。For example, the first SGW-C is SGW-C1. Session 1 and Session 2 are the first sessions affected by SGW-U1. Then, the MME re-selects the second SGW-C that has not failed for session 1, and reselects the second SGW-C that has not failed for session 2. The second SGW-C may be SGW-C1 or SGW-C2, that is, the MME can select the original SGW-C1 to continue to provide services for the first session or select other unfaulted SGW-C2 to continue to provide services for the first session. The second SGW-C reselected by the MME for session 1 may be the same or different from the second SGW-C reselected for session 2, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
MME可通过以下两种方式为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C。The MME can reselect the second SGW-C that is not faulty for the first session in the following two ways.
方式一,受影响的第一会话有多个,即使MME未接收到第一会话的信令,MME可以按照预设速率主动为多个第一会话分别重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C。Manner 1: There are multiple first sessions that are affected. Even if the MME does not receive the signaling of the first session, the MME can actively reselect the non-failed second SGW-C for the multiple first sessions at a preset rate.
方式二,当MME接收到第一会话的上行信令时,MME优先为该第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C。例如,该上行信令可以为业务请求等。例如,受影响的第一会话包括会话1~会话100,MME按照预设速率为会话1~会话100分别重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C。MME在从用户设备接收到会话100的业务请求时,优先为会话100选择未故障的第二SGW-C。由于受影响的第一会话数量较多,MME批量为这100个会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C会使用很长时间,这会导致某些紧急业务无法及时恢复。在该具体的设计中,当MME接收到用户设备侧发送的信令时,就可触发为相应的会话重新选择SGW-C,通过该具体设计,有利于及时恢复紧急业务。Manner 2: When the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session, the MME preferentially reselects the second SGW-C that is not faulty for the first session. For example, the uplink signaling may be a service request. For example, the first affected session includes session 1 to session 100, and the MME re-selects the second SGW-C that is not faulty for session 1 to session 100 at a preset rate. When receiving the service request of the session 100 from the user equipment, the MME preferentially selects the second SGW-C that is not faulty for the session 100. Due to the large number of first sessions affected, it will take a long time for the MME to re-select the unfaulted second SGW-C for these 100 sessions in batches, which may cause some emergency services to fail to recover in time. In this specific design, when the MME receives the signaling sent by the user equipment side, it can trigger the reselection of the SGW-C for the corresponding session. Through this specific design, it is beneficial to restore emergency services in time.
304、第二SGW-C为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-U。304. The second SGW-C reselects a second SGW-U that has not failed for the first session.
本申请实施例中,MME为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C提供服务之后,第二SGW-C为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-U,以便后续第二SGW-U能够为第一会话的业务提供服务。例如,如图2所示,SGW-U1发生异常,MME中会话1为受SGW-U1影响的会话。MME为会话1重新选择未故障的SGW-C2。SGW-C2为第一会话重新选择未故障的SGW-U3或SGW-U4提供服务。In the embodiment of the present application, after the MME reselects the unfaulted second SGW-C for the first session to provide services, the second SGW-C reselects the unfailed second SGW-U for the first session, so that the subsequent second SGW-U -U can provide services for the business of the first session. For example, as shown in Figure 2, SGW-U1 is abnormal, and session 1 in the MME is a session affected by SGW-U1. The MME re-selects the surviving SGW-C2 for session 1. The SGW-C2 reselects the unfaulted SGW-U3 or SGW-U4 to provide services for the first session.
MME为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C之后,以及第二SGW-C为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-U之后,还需要进行一些相关操作才能恢复业务。例如,在MME为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C之后,MME可向未故障的第二SGW-C发送创建会话请求(create session request),以修改第一会话的承载。第二SGW-C接收创建会话请求之后,向第一PGW-C发送修改承载请求(modify bearer request)。其中,第一PGW-C为与第一SGW-C对接的PGW-C。具体地,第一PGW-C接收该修改承载请求之后,向第一PGW-U发送会话修改请求(session modification request)。其中,第一PGW-U为与第一PGW-C对接的PGW-U。具体地,第一PGW-U接收该会话修改请求之后,更新S5S8接口的隧道,并向第一PGW-C发送会话修改响应。例如,隧道可以为用户面通用分组无线业务隧道协议(general packet radio service tunnelling protocol for the user plane,GTPU)隧道。第一PGW-C接收该会话修改响应之后,向第二SGW-C发送修改承载响应。第二SGW-C接收修改承载响应之后,第二SGW-C向MME发送创建会话响应。After the MME re-selects the unfaulted second SGW-C for the first session, and after the second SGW-C re-selects the unfaulted second SGW-U for the first session, some related operations are needed to restore the service. For example, after the MME reselects the second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session, the MME may send a create session request to the second SGW-C that has not failed to modify the bearer of the first session. After receiving the session creation request, the second SGW-C sends a modify bearer request to the first PGW-C. Among them, the first PGW-C is the PGW-C docked with the first SGW-C. Specifically, after receiving the bearer modification request, the first PGW-C sends a session modification request (session modification request) to the first PGW-U. Among them, the first PGW-U is the PGW-U docked with the first PGW-C. Specifically, after receiving the session modification request, the first PGW-U updates the tunnel of the S5S8 interface, and sends a session modification response to the first PGW-C. For example, the tunnel may be a user plane general packet radio service tunneling protocol (general packet radio service tunnelling protocol for the user plane, GTPU) tunnel. After receiving the session modification response, the first PGW-C sends a modification bearer response to the second SGW-C. After the second SGW-C receives the modify bearer response, the second SGW-C sends a create session response to the MME.
再如,在第二SGW-C为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-U之后,第二SGW-C还可向第二SGW-U发送报文转发控制协议(packet forwarding control protocol,PFCP)Session establishment request,以建立第二SGW-C与第二SGW-U之间的会话。相应地,第二SGW-U接收该PFCP Session establishment request之后,可以向第二SGW-C发送PFCP Session establishment response。For another example, after the second SGW-C reselects the unfaulted second SGW-U for the first session, the second SGW-C may also send a packet forwarding control protocol (packet forwarding control protocol, PFCP) Session establishment request to establish a session between the second SGW-C and the second SGW-U. Correspondingly, after receiving the PFCP Session establishment request, the second SGW-U may send a PFCP Session establishment response to the second SGW-C.
对于MME为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C之后,以及第二SGW-C为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-U之后,应该如何恢复业务可参见3GPP TS 23.007、3GPP TS 23.214、3GPP TS 29.244等标准中的流程,在此不赘述。After the MME re-selects the unfaulted second SGW-C for the first session, and after the second SGW-C re-selects the unfaulted second SGW-U for the first session, how to restore services can be found in 3GPP TS 23.007, The procedures in 3GPP TS 23.214, 3GPP TS 29.244 and other standards will not be repeated here.
可见,通过实施图3所描述的方法,MME能够为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C,第二SGW-C能够为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-U。这样后续就可通过第二SGW-C和第二SGW-U为第一会话提供服务。It can be seen that, by implementing the method described in FIG. 3, the MME can reselect the second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session, and the second SGW-C can reselect the second SGW-U that has not failed for the first session. In this way, the second SGW-C and the second SGW-U can subsequently provide services for the first session.
基于上述通信系统,请参见图4,图4是本申请实施例提供的另一种网关选择方法的流程示意图。图4所描述的方法用于在SGW-U发生异常时,及时地为受异常SGW-U影响的会话重 选SGW-U。图4所描述的方法中,通过PGW-C来记录受故障的SGW-U影响的第二会话。该PGW-C在接收到第二会话的下行信令时,发起为该第二会话重选SGW-U的流程。如图4所示,该网关选择方法包括如下401~405部分,其中:Based on the above communication system, please refer to FIG. 4, which is a schematic flowchart of another gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method described in Figure 4 is used to reselect SGW-U in time for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-U when the SGW-U is abnormal. In the method described in FIG. 4, the second session affected by the failed SGW-U is recorded through the PGW-C. When the PGW-C receives the downlink signaling of the second session, it initiates the process of reselecting the SGW-U for the second session. As shown in Figure 4, the gateway selection method includes the following parts 401 to 405, in which:
401、第一PGW-C从第一PGW-U或第一SGW-C接收发生异常的第一SGW-U的标识。401. The first PGW-C receives an identifier of the first SGW-U that is abnormal from the first PGW-U or the first SGW-C.
其中,该第一SGW-C为网关选择系统中的任意一个。第一PGW-C分别与第一PGW-U和第一SGW-C对接。第一SGW-U分别与第一PGW-U和第一SGW-C对接。Wherein, the first SGW-C is any one in the gateway selection system. The first PGW-C is connected to the first PGW-U and the first SGW-C respectively. The first SGW-U is connected to the first PGW-U and the first SGW-C respectively.
例如,如图2所示,第一SGW-C为SGW-C1,第一PGW-C为PGW-C1。第一SGW-U为SGW-U1,第一PGW-U为PGW-U1。可以由PGW-U1检测SGW-U1是否发生异常,并在检测到SGW-U1发生异常时,向PGW-C1发送SGW-U1的标识,以向PGW-C1通知发生异常的SGW-U1。也可以由SGW-C1检测SGW-U1是否发生异常,并在检测到SGW-U1发生异常时,向PGW-C1发送SGW-U1的标识,以向PGW-C1通知发生异常的SGW-U1。For example, as shown in Figure 2, the first SGW-C is SGW-C1, and the first PGW-C is PGW-C1. The first SGW-U is SGW-U1, and the first PGW-U is PGW-U1. The PGW-U1 can detect whether the SGW-U1 is abnormal, and when the SGW-U1 is detected to be abnormal, the SGW-U1 identifier is sent to the PGW-C1 to notify the PGW-C1 of the abnormal SGW-U1. The SGW-C1 may also detect whether the SGW-U1 is abnormal, and when the SGW-U1 is detected to be abnormal, the SGW-U1 identifier is sent to the PGW-C1 to notify the PGW-C1 of the abnormal SGW-U1.
其中,第一PGW-U可通过Echo请求消息检测第一SGW-U是否发生异常。例如,第一PGW-U可以以预设时间为周期向第一SGW-U发送Echo请求消息。第一SGW-U接收到该Echo请求消息之后,会向第一PGW-U返回Echo响应消息。如果第一PGW-U在预设时长内未接收到第一SGW-U发送的Echo响应消息,则第一PGW-U确定第一SGW-U发生故障。如果第一PGW-U接收到Echo响应消息,但Echo响应消息中的复原计数器(Recovery counter)中的值与上一次接收到的Echo响应消息中复原计数器的值不相同,则第一PGW-U确定第一SGW-U发生重启。如果第一SGW-U发生重启,Echo响应消息中的复原计数器的值会加1。因此,当第一PGW-U检测到Echo响应消息中的复原计数器中的值与上一次接收到的Echo响应消息中复原计数器的值不相同时,第一PGW-U可确定第一SGW-U发生重启。Among them, the first PGW-U can detect whether the first SGW-U is abnormal through the Echo request message. For example, the first PGW-U may send an Echo request message to the first SGW-U at a preset time period. After receiving the Echo request message, the first SGW-U will return an Echo response message to the first PGW-U. If the first PGW-U does not receive the Echo response message sent by the first SGW-U within the preset time period, the first PGW-U determines that the first SGW-U is faulty. If the first PGW-U receives the Echo response message, but the value of the recovery counter in the Echo response message is different from the value of the recovery counter in the last received Echo response message, then the first PGW-U It is determined that the first SGW-U restarts. If the first SGW-U restarts, the value of the recovery counter in the Echo response message will increase by 1. Therefore, when the first PGW-U detects that the value of the restoration counter in the Echo response message is different from the value of the restoration counter in the last received Echo response message, the first PGW-U can determine the first SGW-U A restart occurred.
当然,第一PGW-U还可通过其他方式确定第一SGW-U是否发生异常,本申请实施例不做限定。Of course, the first PGW-U may also determine whether the first SGW-U is abnormal in other ways, which is not limited in the embodiment of the application.
其中,第一PGW-U可通过Node级消息向第一PGW-C发送第一SGW-U的标识。例如,该Node级消息可以为node report request消息。或者,第一PGW-U也可通过在协议之外定义的私有的Node级消息来向第一PGW-C发送第一SGW-U的标识。Wherein, the first PGW-U may send the identification of the first SGW-U to the first PGW-C through a Node-level message. For example, the Node-level message may be a node report request message. Alternatively, the first PGW-U may also send the identification of the first SGW-U to the first PGW-C through a private Node-level message defined outside the protocol.
第一SGW-C如何检测第一SGW-U是否发生异常的具体实现方式可参见上述步骤301对应的描述,在此不赘述。For the specific implementation of how the first SGW-C detects whether the first SGW-U is abnormal, refer to the description corresponding to the above step 301, which will not be repeated here.
其中,第一SGW-C可以通过协议已有的Node级的Echo消息来向第一PGW-C发送第一SGW-U的标识。或者,第一SGW-C可以通过协议已有的会话级的会话管理/移动性管理消息来向第一PGW-C发送第一SGW-U的标识。或者,第一SGW-C也可以通过在协议之外定义的私有的Node级消息来向第一PGW-C发送第一SGW-U的标识。Wherein, the first SGW-C may send the identification of the first SGW-U to the first PGW-C through an Echo message at the Node level that is already in the agreement. Alternatively, the first SGW-C may send the identifier of the first SGW-U to the first PGW-C through an existing session-level session management/mobility management message in the protocol. Alternatively, the first SGW-C may also send the identity of the first SGW-U to the first PGW-C through a private Node-level message defined outside the protocol.
402、第一PGW-C根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。402. The first PGW-C determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U.
本申请实施例中,第一PGW-C接收第一SGW-U的标识之后,根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话是指使用第一PGW-C和第一SGW-U的会话。In the embodiment of the present application, after receiving the identifier of the first SGW-U, the first PGW-C determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U. The second session affected by the first SGW-U refers to a session using the first PGW-C and the first SGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,第一SGW-C还可向第一PGW-C发送会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;第一PGW-C从第一SGW-C接收会话所使用的SGW-U的标识之后,在会话中记录会话对应的SGW-U的标识;第一PGW-C根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话的具体实施方式为:第一PGW-C确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。基于该具体的设计,第一PGW-C能够准确地确定出受第一SGW-U 影响的第二会话。In a specific design, the first SGW-C may also send the identification of the SGW-U used in the session to the first PGW-C; the first PGW-C receives the SGW-U used in the session from the first SGW-C. After the identification of U, the identification of the SGW-U corresponding to the session is recorded in the session; the first PGW-C determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identification of the first SGW-U. The specific implementation manner is: A PGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first PGW-C can accurately determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
例如,以第一PGW-C为PGW-C1,第一SGW-U为SGW-U1为例。会话1、会话2和会话3使用PGW-C1。会话1和会话2还使用SGW-U1。会话3还使用SGW-U2。SGW-C1可以向PGW-C1发送会话1所使用的SGW-U1,会话2所使用的SGW-U1以及会话3所使用的SGW-U2。PGW-C1接收会话1所使用的SGW-U1,会话2所使用的SGW-U1以及会话2所使用的SGW-U2之后,PGW-C1在会话1和会话2中记录SGW-U1的标识,并在会话3中记录SGW-U2的标识。PGW-C1接收SGW-U1的标识之后,在PGW-C1的会话1~会话3中查找SGW-U1的标识。PGW-C1在会话1和会话2中查找到SGW-U1的标识。因此,PGW-C1将会话1和会话2确定为确定受SGW-U1影响的第二会话。For example, take the first PGW-C as PGW-C1 and the first SGW-U as SGW-U1 as an example. Session 1, Session 2, and Session 3 use PGW-C1. Session 1 and Session 2 also use SGW-U1. Session 3 also uses SGW-U2. SGW-C1 can send SGW-U1 used in session 1, SGW-U1 used in session 2, and SGW-U2 used in session 3 to PGW-C1. After PGW-C1 receives SGW-U1 used in session 1, SGW-U1 used in session 2, and SGW-U2 used in session 2, PGW-C1 records the identification of SGW-U1 in session 1 and session 2, and Record the identification of SGW-U2 in session 3. After PGW-C1 receives the identifier of SGW-U1, it searches for the identifier of SGW-U1 in Session 1 to Session 3 of PGW-C1. PGW-C1 finds the identity of SGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2. Therefore, PGW-C1 determines Session 1 and Session 2 as the second session determined to be affected by SGW-U1.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-C根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话之后,第一PGW-C需要记录受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话,以便后续触发为第二会话重新选择未故障的SGW-U的流程。例如,第一PGW-C可通过以下方式记录受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话:第一PGW-C对第二会话进行标记。或者,第一PGW-C对第二会话置标志位。或者,第一PGW-C创建一个受第一SGW-U影响的会话列表,将第二会话加入该列表。In a specific design, after the first PGW-C determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U, the first PGW-C needs to record the second session affected by the first SGW-U The second session, so as to subsequently trigger the process of reselecting a non-failed SGW-U for the second session. For example, the first PGW-C may record the second session affected by the first SGW-U in the following manner: the first PGW-C marks the second session. Or, the first PGW-C sets a flag bit for the second session. Alternatively, the first PGW-C creates a list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U, and adds the second session to the list.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-C从第三SGW-C接收第二会话对应的修改承载请求之后,PGW-C取消对第二会话的记录。例如,第一PGW-C从第三SGW-C接收第二会话对应的修改承载请求之后,第一PGW-C取消对第二会话的标记。或者,第一PGW-C取消对第二会话置的标志位。或者,第一PGW-C将第二会话移除受第一SGW-U影响的会话列表。这样第一PGW-C后续就可对第二会话的业务进行正常处理。In a specific design, after the first PGW-C receives the bearer modification request corresponding to the second session from the third SGW-C, the PGW-C cancels the recording of the second session. For example, after the first PGW-C receives the bearer modification request corresponding to the second session from the third SGW-C, the first PGW-C cancels the marking of the second session. Or, the first PGW-C cancels the flag bit set for the second session. Or, the first PGW-C removes the second session from the list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U. In this way, the first PGW-C can subsequently process the services of the second session normally.
403、第一PGW-C在接收到第二会话的下行信令时,向MME发送第一消息。403. The first PGW-C sends the first message to the MME when receiving the downlink signaling of the second session.
例如,第一PGW-C可以在从策略与计费规则功能实体(policy and charging rules function,PCRF)接收到第二会话的下行信令时,向MME发送第一消息。或者,第一PGW-C可以在从网络侧的其他设备接收到第二会话的下行信令时,向MME发送第一消息。For example, the first PGW-C may send the first message to the MME when receiving the downlink signaling of the second session from the policy and charging rules function (PCRF). Alternatively, the first PGW-C may send the first message to the MME when receiving the downlink signaling of the second session from other devices on the network side.
具体地,第一PGW-C在接收到第二会话的下行信令时,通过SGW-C向MME发送第一消息。第一PGW-C可通过第二会话所在的SGW-C向MME发送第一消息或通过其他未故障的SGW-C向MME发送第一消息。Specifically, when receiving the downlink signaling of the second session, the first PGW-C sends the first message to the MME through the SGW-C. The first PGW-C may send the first message to the MME through the SGW-C where the second session is located or send the first message to the MME through other SGW-Cs that have not failed.
其中,该第一消息用于触发MME为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C。例如,第一消息可以为分组数据网络网关下行链路触发通知(P-GW downlink triggering notification,PDTN)消息。相应的地,MME接收PDTN消息之后,可以向第一PGW-C发送分组数据网络网关下行链路触发确认(P-GW downlink triggering ack,PDTA)消息。或者,第一消息也可以为其他消息,本申请实施例不做限定。Wherein, the first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the second session. For example, the first message may be a packet data network gateway downlink triggering notification (P-GW downlink triggering notification, PDTN) message. Correspondingly, after receiving the PDTN message, the MME may send a packet data network gateway downlink triggering acknowledgement (P-GW downlink triggering ack, PDTA) message to the first PGW-C. Alternatively, the first message may also be another message, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
例如,第二会话包括会话1和会话2。第一PGW-C接收到会话1的信令时,向MME发送第一消息,该第一信息用于触发MME为会话1重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C。第一PGW-C接收到会话2的信令时,向MME发送第一消息,该第一信息用于触发MME为会话2重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C。For example, the second session includes session 1 and session 2. When the first PGW-C receives the session 1 signaling, it sends a first message to the MME. The first information is used to trigger the MME to reselect a third SGW-C that is not faulty for the session 1. When the first PGW-C receives the session 2 signaling, it sends a first message to the MME. The first information is used to trigger the MME to reselect a third SGW-C that is not faulty for the session 2.
404、MME根据第一消息为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C。404. The MME reselects a third SGW-C that has not failed for the second session according to the first message.
本申请实施例中,MME从第一PGW-C接收第一消息之后,MME根据该第一消息为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C。其中,第三SGW-C可以与第一SGW-C相同或不同,本申请实施例不做限定。In the embodiment of this application, after the MME receives the first message from the first PGW-C, the MME re-selects a third SGW-C that is not faulty for the second session according to the first message. The third SGW-C may be the same as or different from the first SGW-C, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
MME为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C的原理与图3中MME为第一会话重新选择一个未故障的第二SGW-C的原理相同,在此不赘述。The principle of the MME reselecting a non-faulty third SGW-C for the second session is the same as the principle of the MME reselecting a non-failed second SGW-C for the first session in FIG. 3, and will not be repeated here.
405、第三SGW-C为第二会话重新选择未故障的第三SGW-U。405. The third SGW-C reselects a third SGW-U that has not failed for the second session.
其中,第三SGW-C为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-U的原理与图3中第二SGW-C为第一会话重新选择一个未故障的第二SGW-U的原理相同,在此不赘述。Among them, the principle of the third SGW-C re-selecting a non-faulty third SGW-U for the second session is the same as the principle of the second SGW-C re-selecting a non-failed second SGW-U for the first session in FIG. 3 The same, so I won’t repeat them here.
在一种具体的设计中,也可以不执行步骤403~步骤405。第一PGW-C在接收到第二会话的下行信令时,第一PGW-C可直接向第二会话所使用的SGW-C发送目标消息,该目标消息用于触发第二会话所使用的SGW-C为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-U的消息。该第二会话所使用的SGW-C接收到该目标消息之后,为第二会话重新选择未故障的第三SGW-U。在该具体的设计中,不用重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C,可由原本第二会话所使用的SGW-C为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-U。In a specific design, steps 403 to 405 may not be executed. When the first PGW-C receives the downlink signaling of the second session, the first PGW-C can directly send a target message to the SGW-C used in the second session, and the target message is used to trigger the The SGW-C re-selects an unfaulted SGW-U message for the second session. After receiving the target message, the SGW-C used in the second session re-selects a third SGW-U that has not failed for the second session. In this specific design, there is no need to reselect a non-faulty third SGW-C, and a non-failed SGW-U can be selected for the second session by the original SGW-C used for the second session.
通过实施图4所描述的方法,第一PGW-C能够在接收到受影响的第二会话的信令时,向MME发送第一消息,以便MME为第二会话重新选择未故障的第三SGW-C,第三SGW-C为第二会话重新选择未故障的第三SGW-U。可见,通过实施图4所描述的方法,能够通过网络侧发送的信令及时地触发对受异常SGW-U影响的会话重选SGW-U,有利于及时地恢复受影响的业务。By implementing the method described in FIG. 4, the first PGW-C can send the first message to the MME when receiving the signaling of the affected second session, so that the MME can reselect a third SGW that has not failed for the second session -C, the third SGW-C re-selects a third SGW-U that has not failed for the second session. It can be seen that by implementing the method described in FIG. 4, the reselection of the SGW-U for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-U can be triggered in time through the signaling sent by the network side, which is beneficial to timely restoration of the affected services.
基于上述通信系统,请参见图5,图5是本申请实施例提供的另一种网关选择方法。图5所描述的方法用于在SGW-U发生异常时,及时地对受异常SGW-U影响的会话重选SGW-U。图5所描述的方法中,通过SGW-C来记录受故障的SGW-U影响的第二会话。该SGW-C在接收到该第二会话的下行信令时,发起为该第二会话重选SGW-U的流程。如图5所示,该网关选择方法包括如下501~507部分,其中:Based on the foregoing communication system, please refer to FIG. 5, which is another gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method described in FIG. 5 is used to reselect the SGW-U in time for the sessions affected by the abnormal SGW-U when the SGW-U is abnormal. In the method described in FIG. 5, the second session affected by the failed SGW-U is recorded through the SGW-C. When the SGW-C receives the downlink signaling of the second session, it initiates a process of reselecting the SGW-U for the second session. As shown in Figure 5, the gateway selection method includes the following parts 501 to 507, in which:
501、第一SGW-C在检测到第一SGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。501. When detecting that the first SGW-U is abnormal, the first SGW-C determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
本申请实施例中,第一SGW-C为上述网关选择系统中多个SGW-C中的任意一个SGW-C。第一SGW-U为与该第一SGW-C对接的SGW-U中的任意一个SGW-U。例如,第一SGW-C可以为图2中的SGW-C1或SGW-C2。第一SGW-C为SGW-C1时,第一SGW-U为图2中的SGW-U1或SGW-U2。第一SGW-C为SGW-C2时,第一SGW-U为图2中的SGW-U3或SGW-U4。In the embodiment of the present application, the first SGW-C is any one SGW-C among the multiple SGW-Cs in the aforementioned gateway selection system. The first SGW-U is any SGW-U among the SGW-Us docked with the first SGW-C. For example, the first SGW-C may be SGW-C1 or SGW-C2 in FIG. 2. When the first SGW-C is SGW-C1, the first SGW-U is SGW-U1 or SGW-U2 in FIG. 2. When the first SGW-C is SGW-C2, the first SGW-U is SGW-U3 or SGW-U4 in FIG. 2.
第一SGW-C会检测第一SGW-U是否发生异常,当检测到第一SGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话是指使用第一SGW-C和第一SGW-U的会话。第一SGW-C检测第一SGW-U是否发生异常的具体实施方式可参见上述图3所对应的实施例中对第一SGW-C检测第一SGW-U是否发生异常的具体实施方式的描述,在此不赘述。The first SGW-C will detect whether the first SGW-U is abnormal, and when the first SGW-U is detected to be abnormal, the second session affected by the first SGW-U is determined. The second session affected by the first SGW-U refers to a session using the first SGW-C and the first SGW-U. For the specific implementation manner for the first SGW-C to detect whether the first SGW-U is abnormal, please refer to the description of the specific implementation manner for the first SGW-C to detect whether the first SGW-U is abnormal in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3 , I won’t go into details here.
在一种具体的设计中,第一SGW-C可在会话中记录会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;第一SGW-C确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话的具体实施方式为:第一SGW-C确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。基于该具体的设计,第一SGW-C能够准确地确定出受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。In a specific design, the first SGW-C may record the identification of the SGW-U used in the session in the session; the specific implementation manner for the first SGW-C to determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U is : The first SGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first SGW-C can accurately determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
例如,以第一SGW-C为SGW-C1,第一SGW-U为SGW-U1为例。会话1、会话2和会话3使用SGW-C1。会话1和会话2还使用SGW-U1。会话3还使用SGW-U2。那么,SGW-C1会在会话1和会话2中记录SGW-U1的标识,并在会话3中记录SGW-U2的标识。如果SGW-C1 检测到SGW-U1发生异常之后,在SGW-C1的会话中查找SGW-U1的标识。SGW-C1在会话1和会话2中查找到SGW-U1的标识。因此,SGW-C1将会话1和会话2确定为确定受SGW-U1影响的第二会话。For example, take the first SGW-C as SGW-C1 and the first SGW-U as SGW-U1 as an example. Session 1, Session 2, and Session 3 use SGW-C1. Session 1 and Session 2 also use SGW-U1. Session 3 also uses SGW-U2. Then, SGW-C1 will record the identification of SGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2, and the identification of SGW-U2 in Session 3. If SGW-C1 detects that SGW-U1 is abnormal, it searches the SGW-C1 session for the identification of SGW-U1. SGW-C1 finds the identity of SGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2. Therefore, SGW-C1 determines Session 1 and Session 2 as the second session determined to be affected by SGW-U1.
在一种具体的设计中,第一SGW-C确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话之后,第一SGW-C需要记录受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话,以便后续检测是否接收到受第一SGW-U影响的会话的信令。例如,第一SGW-C可通过以下方式记录受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话:第一SGW-C对第二会话进行标记。或者,第一SGW-C对第二会话置标志位。或者,第一SGW-C创建一个受第一SGW-U影响的会话列表,将第二会话加入该列表。In a specific design, after the first SGW-C determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U, the first SGW-C needs to record the second session affected by the first SGW-U in order to subsequently detect whether The signaling of the session affected by the first SGW-U is received. For example, the first SGW-C may record the second session affected by the first SGW-U in the following manner: the first SGW-C marks the second session. Or, the first SGW-C sets a flag bit for the second session. Alternatively, the first SGW-C creates a list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U, and adds the second session to the list.
502、第一PGW-C接收第二会话对应的第一信令。502. The first PGW-C receives the first signaling corresponding to the second session.
其中,该第一PGW-C为与第一SGW-C对接的PGW-C,且第一PGW-C具有第二会话。其中,第一信令可以是PCRF发送至第一PGW-C,也可以是其他设备发送至第一PGW-C,本申请实施例不做限定。Wherein, the first PGW-C is a PGW-C docked with the first SGW-C, and the first PGW-C has a second session. The first signaling may be sent by the PCRF to the first PGW-C, or sent by other devices to the first PGW-C, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
503、第一PGW-C根据第一信令向第一SGW-C发送第二会话对应的第二信令。503. The first PGW-C sends second signaling corresponding to the second session to the first SGW-C according to the first signaling.
本申请实施例中,第一PGW-C接收第二会话对应的第一信令之后,第一PGW-C向第一SGW-C发送第二会话对应的第二信令。In the embodiment of the present application, after the first PGW-C receives the first signaling corresponding to the second session, the first PGW-C sends the second signaling corresponding to the second session to the first SGW-C.
504、第一SGW-C向第一PGW-C发送第二信令的响应。504. The first SGW-C sends a response of the second signaling to the first PGW-C.
本申请实施例中,第一SGW-C从第一PGW-C接收该第二信令之后,判断该第二信令为第二会话对应的第二信令。因此,第一SGW-C向第一PGW-C发送第二信令的响应。该第二信令的响应中携带用于指示未找到第二会话的上下文的原因值。In the embodiment of the present application, after receiving the second signaling from the first PGW-C, the first SGW-C determines that the second signaling is the second signaling corresponding to the second session. Therefore, the first SGW-C sends a response of the second signaling to the first PGW-C. The response of the second signaling carries a cause value indicating that the context of the second session is not found.
其中,该第一信令可以是重新鉴权请求(re-auth-request,RAR),该第二信令可以为创建承载请求(create bearer request)或更新承载请求(update bearer request)。其中,该第二会话对应的创建承载请求用于创建第二会话的专有承载。第二会话对应的更新承载请求用于更新第二会话的承载。或者,第一信令和第二信令还可以是其他信令,本申请实施例不做限定。Wherein, the first signaling may be a re-auth-request (re-auth-request, RAR), and the second signaling may be a create bearer request (create bearer request) or an update bearer request (update bearer request). Wherein, the bearer creation request corresponding to the second session is used to create a dedicated bearer of the second session. The update bearer request corresponding to the second session is used to update the bearer of the second session. Alternatively, the first signaling and the second signaling may also be other signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一种具体的设计中,第一SGW-C从第一PGW-C接收创建专有承载请求之后,还可删除第二会话。第一SGW-C可在向第一PGW-C发送该创建专有承载响应的同时删除第二会话,或者再向第一PGW-C发送该创建专有承载响应之后,删除第二会话,本申请实施例不做限定。由于需要为第二会话重新选择SGW-C,因此,第一SGW-C中保留第二会话已经没有作用,第一SGW-C需要删除第二会话。In a specific design, after receiving the dedicated bearer creation request from the first PGW-C, the first SGW-C may also delete the second session. The first SGW-C may delete the second session while sending the dedicated bearer creation response to the first PGW-C, or delete the second session after sending the dedicated bearer creation response to the first PGW-C. The application examples are not limited. Since the SGW-C needs to be re-selected for the second session, the retention of the second session in the first SGW-C has no effect, and the first SGW-C needs to delete the second session.
505、第一PGW-C向MME发送第一消息。505. The first PGW-C sends a first message to the MME.
本申请实施例中,第一PGW-C从第一SGW-C接收第二信令的响应之后,向MME发送第一消息。该第一消息用于触发MME为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C。例如,该第一消息可以为分组数据网络网关下行链路触发通知(P-GW downlink triggering notification,PDTN)消息。相应的地,MME接收PDTN消息之后,可以向第一PGW-C发送分组数据网络网关下行链路触发确认(P-GW downlink triggering ack,PDTA)消息。或者,第一消息也可以为其他消息,本申请实施例不做限定。In the embodiment of the present application, after receiving the response of the second signaling from the first SGW-C, the first PGW-C sends the first message to the MME. The first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the second session. For example, the first message may be a packet data network gateway downlink triggering notification (P-GW downlink triggering notification, PDTN) message. Correspondingly, after receiving the PDTN message, the MME may send a packet data network gateway downlink triggering acknowledgement (P-GW downlink triggering ack, PDTA) message to the first PGW-C. Alternatively, the first message may also be another message, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
具体地,第一PGW-C通过SGW-C向MME发送第一消息。第一PGW-C可通过第一SGW-C向MME发送第一消息或通过其他未故障的SGW-C向MME发送第一消息。Specifically, the first PGW-C sends the first message to the MME through the SGW-C. The first PGW-C may send the first message to the MME through the first SGW-C or send the first message to the MME through other non-faulty SGW-Cs.
506、MME根据第一消息为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C。506. The MME re-selects a third SGW-C that has not failed for the second session according to the first message.
本申请实施例中,MME从第一PGW-C接收第一消息之后,根据第一消息为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C。其中,第三SGW-C可以与第一SGW-C相同或不同,本 申请实施例不做限定。MME为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C的原理与图3中MME为第一会话重新选择一个未故障的第二SGW-C的原理相同,在此不赘述。In the embodiment of this application, after receiving the first message from the first PGW-C, the MME re-selects a third SGW-C that is not faulty for the second session according to the first message. The third SGW-C may be the same as or different from the first SGW-C, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The principle of the MME reselecting a non-faulty third SGW-C for the second session is the same as the principle of the MME reselecting a non-failed second SGW-C for the first session in FIG. 3, and will not be repeated here.
507、第三SGW-C为第二会话重新选择未故障的第三SGW-U。507. The third SGW-C reselects a third SGW-U that has not failed for the second session.
其中,第三SGW-C为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-U的原理与图3中第二SGW-C为第一会话重新选择一个未故障的第二SGW-U的原理相同,在此不赘述。Among them, the principle of the third SGW-C re-selecting a non-faulty third SGW-U for the second session is the same as the principle of the second SGW-C re-selecting a non-failed second SGW-U for the first session in FIG. 3 The same, so I won’t repeat them here.
在一种具体的设计中,也可以不执行步骤504~步骤507。第一SGW-C从第一PGW-C接收第二会话对应的第二信令之后,第一SGW-C直接为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-U。也就是说,在该具体的设计中,不用重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C,可由原本第二会话所使用的第一SGW-C为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-U。In a specific design, steps 504 to 507 may not be executed. After the first SGW-C receives the second signaling corresponding to the second session from the first PGW-C, the first SGW-C directly reselects a non-faulty SGW-U for the second session. That is to say, in this specific design, there is no need to reselect a non-failed third SGW-C, and a non-failed SGW-U can be selected for the second session by the first SGW-C used in the second session. .
通过实施图5所描述的方法,第一SGW-C能够在接收到受影响的第二会话的第二信令时,向第一PGW-C发送第二信令的响应,该第二信令的响应中携带用于指示未找到第二会话的上下文的原因值。第一PGW-C接收该第二信令的响应之后,第一PGW-C向MME发送第一消息,以触发MME为第二会话重新选择未故障的第三SGW-C,并由第三SGW-C为第二会话重新选择未故障的第三SGW-U。可见,通过实施图5所描述的方法,能够通过网络侧发送的信令及时地触发为受异常SGW-U影响的会话重选SGW-U,有利于及时地恢复受影响的业务。By implementing the method described in Figure 5, the first SGW-C can send a response of the second signaling to the first PGW-C when receiving the second signaling of the affected second session. The response of contains a reason value indicating that the context of the second session is not found. After the first PGW-C receives the response of the second signaling, the first PGW-C sends a first message to the MME to trigger the MME to re-select a third SGW-C that has not failed for the second session, and the third SGW-C -C re-selects the third SGW-U that has not failed for the second session. It can be seen that by implementing the method described in FIG. 5, the reselection of the SGW-U for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-U can be triggered in time through the signaling sent by the network side, which is beneficial to timely restoration of the affected services.
基于上述通信系统,请参见图6,图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种网关选择方法。图6所描述的方法用于在SGW-U发生异常时,及时地为受异常SGW-U影响的会话重选SGW-U。在图6所描述的方法中,通过PGW-U来记录受故障的SGW-U影响的第三会话。该PGW-U在接收到该第三会话的下行数据报文时,发起为该第三会话重选SGW-U的流程。如图6所示,该网关选择方法包括如下601~605部分,其中:Based on the foregoing communication system, please refer to FIG. 6, which is another gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method described in FIG. 6 is used to reselect the SGW-U in time for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-U when the SGW-U is abnormal. In the method described in FIG. 6, the third session affected by the failed SGW-U is recorded through the PGW-U. When the PGW-U receives the downlink data message of the third session, it initiates a process of reselecting the SGW-U for the third session. As shown in Figure 6, the gateway selection method includes the following parts 601-605, in which:
601、第一PGW-U在检测到第一SGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话。601. When detecting that the first SGW-U is abnormal, the first PGW-U determines the third session affected by the first SGW-U.
其中,第一PGW-U为网关选择系统的任意一个PGW-U。第一SGW-U为网关选择系统中与第一PGW-U对接的任意一个SGW-U。例如,第一PGW-U为PGW-U1,第一SGW-U为SGW-U1。第一PGW-U为PGW-U3,第一SGW-U为SGW-U3。Among them, the first PGW-U is any PGW-U of the gateway selection system. The first SGW-U is any SGW-U docked with the first PGW-U in the gateway selection system. For example, the first PGW-U is PGW-U1, and the first SGW-U is SGW-U1. The first PGW-U is PGW-U3, and the first SGW-U is SGW-U3.
第一PGW-U检测第一SGW-U发生异常的具体实施方式具体可参见上述图4所对应的实施例中的描述,在此不赘述。For the specific implementation manner for the first PGW-U to detect the abnormality of the first SGW-U, refer to the description in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4, which is not repeated here.
其中,受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话是指使用第一PGW-U和第一SGW-U的会话。The third session affected by the first SGW-U refers to a session using the first PGW-U and the first SGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-U可在会话中记录会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;第一PGW-U确定受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话的具体实施方式为:第一PGW-U确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话。基于该具体的设计,第一PGW-U能够准确地确定出受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话。In a specific design, the first PGW-U may record the identification of the SGW-U used by the session in the session; the specific implementation manner for the first PGW-U to determine the third session affected by the first SGW-U is : The first PGW-U determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first SGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first PGW-U can accurately determine the third session affected by the first SGW-U.
例如,以第一PGW-U为PGW-U1,第一SGW-U为SGW-U1为例。会话1、会话2和会话3使用PGW-U1。会话1和会话2还使用SGW-U1。会话3还使用SGW-U2。那么,PGW-U1会在会话1和会话2中记录SGW-U1的标识,并在会话3中记录SGW-U2的标识。如果PGW-U1检测到SGW-U1发生异常之后,在PGW-U1的会话中查找SGW-U1的标识。PGW-U1在会话1和会话2中查找到SGW-U1的标识。因此,PGW-U1将会话1和会话2确定为确定受SGW-U1影响的第三会话。For example, take the first PGW-U as PGW-U1 and the first SGW-U as SGW-U1 as an example. Session 1, Session 2, and Session 3 use PGW-U1. Session 1 and Session 2 also use SGW-U1. Session 3 also uses SGW-U2. Then, PGW-U1 will record the identification of SGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2, and the identification of SGW-U2 in Session 3. If PGW-U1 detects that SGW-U1 is abnormal, it searches for the SGW-U1 identifier in the session of PGW-U1. PGW-U1 finds the identity of SGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2. Therefore, PGW-U1 determines Session 1 and Session 2 as the third session determined to be affected by SGW-U1.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-U确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话之后,第一PGW-U需要记录受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话,以便后续检测是否接收到受第一SGW-U 影响的会话的下行数据报文。例如,第一PGW-U可通过以下方式记录受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话:第一PGW-U对第三会话进行标记。或者,第一PGW-U对第三会话置标志位。或者,第一PGW-U创建一个受第一SGW-U影响的会话列表,将第三会话加入该列表。In a specific design, after the first PGW-U determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U, the first PGW-U needs to record the third session affected by the first SGW-U in order to subsequently detect whether Receive a downlink data message of the session affected by the first SGW-U. For example, the first PGW-U may record the third session affected by the first SGW-U in the following manner: the first PGW-U marks the third session. Or, the first PGW-U sets a flag bit for the third session. Or, the first PGW-U creates a list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U, and adds the third session to the list.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-U从第一PGW-C接收会话修改请求;第一PGW-U取消对第三会话的记录。例如,第一PGW-U取消对会话1的标记。或者,第一PGW-U取消对会话1置的标志位。或者,第一PGW-U将会话1移除受第一SGW-U影响的会话列表。基于该设计,第一PGW-U从第一PGW-C接收会话修改请求说明已经为第三会话重新选择未故障的第四SGW-U,后续第三会话的业务就可恢复。因此,此时第一PGW-U需要取消对第三会话的记录,后续第一PGW-U对第三会话的业务可正常处理。In a specific design, the first PGW-U receives the session modification request from the first PGW-C; the first PGW-U cancels the recording of the third session. For example, the first PGW-U unmarks session 1. Or, the first PGW-U cancels the flag bit set for session 1. Or, the first PGW-U removes Session 1 from the list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U. Based on this design, the first PGW-U receives the session modification request from the first PGW-C, indicating that the fourth SGW-U that has not failed has been re-selected for the third session, and the service of the subsequent third session can be restored. Therefore, at this time, the first PGW-U needs to cancel the recording of the third session, and subsequently the first PGW-U can process the service of the third session normally.
602、第一PGW-U接收到第三会话的下行数据报文时,向第一PGW-C发送通知消息。602. When receiving the downlink data message of the third session, the first PGW-U sends a notification message to the first PGW-C.
本申请实施例中,第一PGW-U确定受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话之后,如果接收到第三会话的下行数据报文,则第一PGW-U向第一PGW-C发送通知消息。该通知消息用于通知第三会话接收到下行数据报文,该第一PGW-C为与第一PGW-U对接的PGW-C。其中,该通知消息可以是会话级的信息,例如可以为会话报告请求(session report request)。In the embodiment of this application, after the first PGW-U determines the third session affected by the first SGW-U, if a downlink data packet of the third session is received, the first PGW-U sends to the first PGW-C Notification message. The notification message is used to notify the third session that the downlink data packet is received, and the first PGW-C is the PGW-C that is docked with the first PGW-U. Wherein, the notification message may be session-level information, for example, it may be a session report request (session report request).
603、第一PGW-C向MME发第二消息。603. The first PGW-C sends a second message to the MME.
本申请实施例中,第一PGW-C从第一PGW-U接收该通知消息之后,向MME发第二消息。该第二消息用于触发MME为第三会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C。例如,该第二消息可以为分组数据网络网关下行链路触发通知(P-GW downlink triggering notification,PDTN)消息。相应的地,MME接收PDTN消息之后,可以向第一PGW-C发送分组数据网络网关下行链路触发确认(P-GW downlink triggering ack,PDTA)消息。或者,第二消息也可以为其他消息,本申请实施例不做限定。In the embodiment of the present application, after receiving the notification message from the first PGW-U, the first PGW-C sends a second message to the MME. The second message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the third session. For example, the second message may be a packet data network gateway downlink triggering notification (P-GW downlink triggering notification, PDTN) message. Correspondingly, after receiving the PDTN message, the MME may send a packet data network gateway downlink triggering acknowledgement (P-GW downlink triggering ack, PDTA) message to the first PGW-C. Alternatively, the second message may also be another message, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
具体地,第一PGW-C从第一PGW-U接收该通知消息之后,通过SGW-C向MME发送第二消息。第一PGW-C可通过第三会话所使用的SGW-C向MME发送第一消息或通过其他未故障的SGW-C向MME发送第一消息。Specifically, after receiving the notification message from the first PGW-U, the first PGW-C sends the second message to the MME through the SGW-C. The first PGW-C may send the first message to the MME through the SGW-C used in the third session or send the first message to the MME through other SGW-Cs that have not failed.
604、MME根据第二消息为第三会话重新选择一个未故障的第四SGW-C。604. The MME reselects a fourth SGW-C that has not failed for the third session according to the second message.
本申请实施例中,MME从PGW-C接收第二消息之后,根据该第二消息为第三会话重新选择一个未故障的第四SGW-C。MME为第三会话重新选择一个未故障的第四SGW-C的原理与图3中MME为第一会话重新选择一个未故障的第二SGW-C的原理相同,在此不赘述。In this embodiment of the application, after receiving the second message from the PGW-C, the MME re-selects a fourth SGW-C that is not faulty for the third session according to the second message. The principle of the MME re-selecting a non-faulty fourth SGW-C for the third session is the same as the principle of the MME re-selecting a non-failed second SGW-C for the first session in FIG. 3, and will not be repeated here.
605、第四SGW-C为第三会话重新选择未故障的第四SGW-U。605. The fourth SGW-C reselects a fourth SGW-U that has not failed for the third session.
其中,第四SGW-C为第三会话重新选择一个未故障的第四SGW-U的原理与图3中第二SGW-C为第一会话重新选择一个未故障的第二SGW-U的原理相同,在此不赘述。Among them, the principle of the fourth SGW-C re-selecting a non-faulty fourth SGW-U for the third session is the same as the principle of the second SGW-C re-selecting a non-failed second SGW-U for the first session in FIG. 3 The same, so I won’t repeat them here.
在一种具体的设计中,也可以不执行步骤603~步骤605。第一PGW-C从第一PGW-U接收到用于通知第三会话接收到下行数据报文的通知消息时,可直接向第三会话所使用的SGW-C发送目标消息,该目标消息用于触发第三会话所使用的SGW-C为第三会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-U。第三会话所使用的SGW-C接收该目标消息之后,为第三会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-U。在该具体的设计中,不用重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C,可由原本第三会话所使用的SGW-C为第三会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-U。In a specific design, step 603 to step 605 may not be executed. When the first PGW-C receives from the first PGW-U a notification message for notifying that the third session has received a downlink data message, it can directly send a target message to the SGW-C used by the third session. The target message is The SGW-C used to trigger the third session reselects a non-faulty SGW-U for the third session. After receiving the target message, the SGW-C used in the third session reselects a non-faulty SGW-U for the third session. In this specific design, there is no need to reselect a non-faulty third SGW-C, and a non-failed SGW-U can be reselected for the third session by the SGW-C originally used for the third session.
通过实施图6所描述的方法,第一PGW-U能够在接收到受影响的第三会话的下行数据报文时,向MME发送第二消息,以触发MME为第三会话重新选择未故障的第四SGW-C,并由第四SGW-C为第三会话重新选择未故障的第四SGW-U。可见,通过实施图6所描述的 方法,能够通过网络侧发送的下行数据报文及时地触发为受异常SGW-U影响的会话重选SGW-U,有利于及时地恢复受影响的业务。By implementing the method described in FIG. 6, the first PGW-U can send a second message to the MME when receiving the downlink data message of the affected third session, so as to trigger the MME to reselect the unfailed one for the third session The fourth SGW-C, and the fourth SGW-C reselects the unfaulted fourth SGW-U for the third session. It can be seen that by implementing the method described in FIG. 6, the downlink data message sent by the network side can trigger the reselection of the SGW-U for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-U in a timely manner, which is conducive to timely restoration of the affected services.
值得一提的是,一个SGW-U异常,会影响使用该SGW-U的所有会话。每个会话可以接收到用户设备侧的信令,也可以接收网络侧的信令,也可以接收下行数据报文。因此,可以将图3、图4、图6所描述的方法可以互相结合。或者,将图3、图5、图6所描述的方法互相结合。这样接收到受影响的会话的上行信令时,就可通过图3所描述的方法发起为受影响的会话重新选择SGW-U的流程。接收到受影响的会话的下行信令时,就可通过图4或图5所描述的方法发起为受影响的会话重新选择SGW-U的流程。接收到受影响的会话的下行数据报文时,就可通过图6所描述的方法发起为受影响的会话重新选择SGW-U的流程。通过将图3、图4和图6所描述的方法可以互相结合,或者,将图3、图5、图6所描述的方法互相结合,在多个场景下均可以发起为受影响的会话重新选择SGW-U的流程。It is worth mentioning that an abnormal SGW-U will affect all sessions using the SGW-U. Each session can receive signaling from the user equipment side, can also receive signaling from the network side, and can also receive downlink data packets. Therefore, the methods described in Figure 3, Figure 4, and Figure 6 can be combined with each other. Or, the methods described in FIG. 3, FIG. 5, and FIG. 6 are combined with each other. In this way, when the uplink signaling of the affected session is received, the process of reselecting the SGW-U for the affected session can be initiated through the method described in FIG. 3. When the downlink signaling of the affected session is received, the process of reselecting the SGW-U for the affected session can be initiated by the method described in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5. When receiving the downlink data message of the affected session, the process of reselecting the SGW-U for the affected session can be initiated through the method described in FIG. 6. By combining the methods described in Figure 3, Figure 4, and Figure 6 with each other, or combining the methods described in Figure 3, Figure 5, and Figure 6 with each other, it is possible to initiate a restart for the affected session in multiple scenarios. Select the process of SGW-U.
例如,将图3、图4和图6所描述的方法互相结合。MME可以确定受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话,并由MME主动为第一会话重新选择SGW-U。或者,MME可在从用户设备侧接收到第一会话的信令时,发起为第一会话重新选择SGW-U的流程。第一PGW-C也可以确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话,并在从网络侧接收到第二会话的信令时,发起为第一会话重新选择SGW-U的流程。第一PGW-U也可以确定受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话,并在接收到第三会话的下行数据报文时,发起为第三会话重新选择SGW-U的流程。For example, the methods described in FIG. 3, FIG. 4, and FIG. 6 are combined with each other. The MME may determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U, and the MME actively reselects the SGW-U for the first session. Alternatively, the MME may initiate the process of reselecting SGW-U for the first session when receiving the signaling of the first session from the user equipment side. The first PGW-C may also determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U, and upon receiving the signaling of the second session from the network side, initiate the process of reselecting the SGW-U for the first session. The first PGW-U may also determine the third session affected by the first SGW-U, and when receiving the downlink data packet of the third session, initiate a process of reselecting the SGW-U for the third session.
再如,将图3、图5和图6所描述的方法互相结合。MME可以确定受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话,并由MME主动为第一会话重新选择SGW-U。或者,MME可在从用户设备侧接收到第一会话的信令时,发起为第一会话重新选择SGW-U的流程。第一SGW-C也可以确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话,并在从网络侧接收到第二会话的信令时,发起为第一会话重新选择SGW-U的流程。第一PGW-U也可以确定受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话,并在接收到第三会话的下行数据报文时,发起为第三会话重新选择SGW-U的流程。For another example, the methods described in FIG. 3, FIG. 5, and FIG. 6 are combined with each other. The MME may determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U, and the MME actively reselects the SGW-U for the first session. Alternatively, the MME may initiate the process of reselecting SGW-U for the first session when receiving the signaling of the first session from the user equipment side. The first SGW-C may also determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U, and upon receiving the signaling of the second session from the network side, initiate the process of reselecting the SGW-U for the first session. The first PGW-U may also determine the third session affected by the first SGW-U, and when receiving the downlink data packet of the third session, initiate a process of reselecting the SGW-U for the third session.
在上述所描述的通信系统中,不仅SGW-U可能会发生异常,在某些情况下SGW-C也有可能发生异常。如果SGW-C发生异常,则UE与PDN之间的通道会发生中断,导致会话的业务不能正常进行。因此,同样需要重新为受影响的会话选择SGW-C。为此,本申请实施例还提供了一种网关选择系统和方法,用于为受异常SGW-C影响的会话重新选择SGW-C。该网关选择系统包括上述通信系统中的网元。In the communication system described above, not only SGW-U may be abnormal, but SGW-C may also be abnormal in some cases. If the SGW-C is abnormal, the channel between the UE and the PDN will be interrupted, resulting in the inability of the conversation service to proceed normally. Therefore, it is also necessary to reselect SGW-C for the affected session. For this reason, the embodiment of the present application also provides a gateway selection system and method for reselecting the SGW-C for the sessions affected by the abnormal SGW-C. The gateway selection system includes the network elements in the aforementioned communication system.
基于上述通信系统,请参见图7,图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种网关选择方法。图7所描述的方法用于在SGW-C发生异常时,及时地为受异常SGW-C影响的会话重选SGW-C。在图7所描述的方法中,通过PGW-U来记录受故障的SGW-C影响的第一会话。该PGW-U在接收到该第一会话的下行数据报文时,发起为该第一会话重选SGW-C的流程。如图7所示,该网关选择方法包括如下701~705部分,其中:Based on the foregoing communication system, please refer to FIG. 7, which is another gateway selection method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method described in FIG. 7 is used to reselect the SGW-C for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-C in time when the SGW-C is abnormal. In the method described in FIG. 7, the first session affected by the failed SGW-C is recorded through the PGW-U. When the PGW-U receives the downlink data message of the first session, it initiates a process of reselecting the SGW-C for the first session. As shown in Figure 7, the gateway selection method includes the following parts 701 to 705, in which:
701、第一PGW-U从第一PGW-C或第一SGW-U接收发生异常的第一SGW-C的标识。701. The first PGW-U receives an identifier of the abnormal first SGW-C from the first PGW-C or the first SGW-U.
其中,第一PGW-U可以为网关选择系统中的任意一个PGW-U。第一PGW-C为与第一PGW-U对接的任意一个PGW-C。第一SGW-U为与第一PGW-U对接的任意一个SGW-U。第一SGW-C为与第一PGW-C或第一SGW-U对接的任意一个SGW-C。Among them, the first PGW-U can select any PGW-U in the system for the gateway. The first PGW-C is any PGW-C docked with the first PGW-U. The first SGW-U is any SGW-U docked with the first PGW-U. The first SGW-C is any SGW-C docked with the first PGW-C or the first SGW-U.
例如,如图2所示,第一PGW-U为PGW-U1,第一PGW-C为PGW-C1,第一SGW-U为SGW-U1,第一SGW-C为SGW-C1。PGW-U1可从PGW-C1或SGW-U1接收发生异常的 SGW-C1的标识。也就是说,PGW-C1或SGW-U1会检测SGW-C1是否发生异常。如果检测到SGW-C1发生异常,则发送SGW-C1的标识至PGW-U1。For example, as shown in FIG. 2, the first PGW-U is PGW-U1, the first PGW-C is PGW-C1, the first SGW-U is SGW-U1, and the first SGW-C is SGW-C1. The PGW-U1 can receive the identifier of the abnormal SGW-C1 from the PGW-C1 or SGW-U1. In other words, PGW-C1 or SGW-U1 will detect whether SGW-C1 is abnormal. If it is detected that the SGW-C1 is abnormal, the SGW-C1 identifier is sent to PGW-U1.
其中,第一PGW-C可通过Echo请求消息检测第一SGW-C是否发生异常。例如,第一PGW-C可以以预设时间为周期向第一SGW-C发送Echo请求消息。第一SGW-C接收到该Echo请求消息之后,会向第一PGW-C返回Echo响应消息。如果第一PGW-C在预设时长内未接收到第一SGW-C发送的Echo响应消息,则第一PGW-C确定第一SGW-C发生故障。如果第一PGW-C接收到Echo响应消息,但Echo响应消息中的复原计数器(Recovery counter)中的值与上一次接收到的Echo响应消息中复原计数器的值不相同,则第一PGW-C确定第一SGW-C发生重启。如果第一SGW-C发生重启,Echo响应消息中的复原计数器的值会加1。因此,当第一PGW-C检测到Echo响应消息中的复原计数器中的值与上一次接收到的Echo响应消息中复原计数器的值不相同时,第一PGW-C可确定第一SGW-C发生重启。Among them, the first PGW-C can detect whether the first SGW-C is abnormal through the Echo request message. For example, the first PGW-C may send an Echo request message to the first SGW-C at a preset time period. After receiving the Echo request message, the first SGW-C returns an Echo response message to the first PGW-C. If the first PGW-C does not receive the Echo response message sent by the first SGW-C within the preset time period, the first PGW-C determines that the first SGW-C is faulty. If the first PGW-C receives the Echo response message, but the value of the recovery counter in the Echo response message is different from the value of the recovery counter in the last received Echo response message, then the first PGW-C It is determined that the first SGW-C restarts. If the first SGW-C restarts, the value of the recovery counter in the Echo response message will increase by 1. Therefore, when the first PGW-C detects that the value of the restoration counter in the Echo response message is different from the value of the restoration counter in the last received Echo response message, the first PGW-C can determine the first SGW-C A restart occurred.
当然,第一PGW-C还可通过其他方式检测第一SGW-C是否发生异常,本申请实施例不做限定。Of course, the first PGW-C can also detect whether the first SGW-C is abnormal in other ways, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,第一PGW-C可通过已有的协议定义的消息,例如Sx Association Update Request消息向第一PGW-U发送发生异常的第一SGW-C的标识。或者,第一PGW-C可通过其他消息向第一PGW-U发送发生异常的第一SGW-C的标识。Among them, the first PGW-C may send the identifier of the abnormal first SGW-C to the first PGW-U through a message defined by an existing protocol, for example, an Sx Association Update Request message. Alternatively, the first PGW-C may send the identifier of the abnormal first SGW-C to the first PGW-U through another message.
其中,第一SGW-U可通过HeatBeat消息检测第一SGW-C是否发生异常。例如,第一SGW-U可以以预设时间为周期向第一SGW-C发送HeatBeat请求消息。第一SGW-C接收到该HeatBeat请求消息之后,会向第一SGW-U返回HeatBeat响应消息。如果第一SGW-U在预设时长内未接收到第一SGW-C发送的HeatBeat响应消息,则第一SGW-U确定第一SGW-C发生故障。如果第一SGW-U接收到HeatBeat响应消息,但HeatBeat响应消息中的复原计数器(Recovery counter)中的值与上一次接收到的HeatBeat响应消息中复原计数器的值不相同,则第一SGW-U确定第一SGW-C发生重启。如果第一SGW-C发生重启,HeatBeat响应消息中的复原计数器的值会加1。因此,当第一SGW-U检测到HeatBeat响应消息中的复原计数器中的值与上一次接收到的HeatBeat响应消息中复原计数器的值不相同时,第一SGW-U可确定第一SGW-C发生重启。Among them, the first SGW-U can detect whether the first SGW-C is abnormal through the HeatBeat message. For example, the first SGW-U may send a HeatBeat request message to the first SGW-C at a preset time period. After the first SGW-C receives the HeatBeat request message, it returns a HeatBeat response message to the first SGW-U. If the first SGW-U does not receive the HeatBeat response message sent by the first SGW-C within the preset time period, the first SGW-U determines that the first SGW-C is faulty. If the first SGW-U receives the HeatBeat response message, but the value of the recovery counter in the HeatBeat response message is different from the value of the recovery counter in the HeatBeat response message received last time, the first SGW-U It is determined that the first SGW-C restarts. If the first SGW-C restarts, the value of the restoration counter in the HeatBeat response message will increase by 1. Therefore, when the first SGW-U detects that the value of the restoration counter in the HeatBeat response message is different from the value of the restoration counter in the HeatBeat response message received last time, the first SGW-U can determine the first SGW-C A restart occurred.
当然,第一SGW-U还可通过其他方式检测第一SGW-C是否发生异常,本申请实施例不做限定。Of course, the first SGW-U may also detect whether the first SGW-C is abnormal in other ways, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,第一SGW-U可通过协议已有的Node级的Echo消息来向第一PGW-U发送第一SGW-C的标识。或者,可以通过协议已有的会话级的会话管理/移动性管理消息来向第一PGW-U发送第一SGW-C的标识。或者,也可以通过在协议之外定义的私有的Node级消息向第一PGW-U发送第一SGW-C的标识。Wherein, the first SGW-U may send the identification of the first SGW-C to the first PGW-U through the existing Node-level Echo message of the agreement. Alternatively, the identification of the first SGW-C may be sent to the first PGW-U through an existing session-level session management/mobility management message of the protocol. Alternatively, the identification of the first SGW-C may also be sent to the first PGW-U through a private Node-level message defined outside the protocol.
702、第一PGW-U根据第一SGW-C的标识确定受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话。702. The first PGW-U determines the first session affected by the first SGW-C according to the identifier of the first SGW-C.
本申请实施例中,第一PGW-U从第一PGW-C或第一SGW-U接收发生异常的第一SGW-C的标识之后,根据第一SGW-C的标识确定受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话。受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话是指使用第一PGW-U和第一SGW-C的会话。In the embodiment of the present application, after the first PGW-U receives the identifier of the abnormal first SGW-C from the first PGW-C or the first SGW-U, it determines that the first SGW-C is affected by the identifier of the first SGW-C. The first session affected by C. The first session affected by the first SGW-C refers to a session using the first PGW-U and the first SGW-C.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-U从第一PGW-C接收会话所使用的SGW-C的标识;第一PGW-U在所述会话中记录所述会话对应的SGW-C的标识;第一PGW-U根据所述第一SGW-C的标识确定受所述第一SGW-C影响的第一会话的具体实施方式为:第一PGW-U确定会话中具有所述第一SGW-C的标识的会话为受所述第一SGW-C影响的第一会话。基于该 具体的设计,第一PGW-U能够准确地确定出受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the first PGW-U receives the identifier of the SGW-C used by the session from the first PGW-C; the first PGW-U records the SGW-C corresponding to the session in the session Identification; the first PGW-U determines the first session affected by the first SGW-C according to the identification of the first SGW-C: the first PGW-U determines that the session has the first session The session identified by the SGW-C is the first session affected by the first SGW-C. Based on this specific design, the first PGW-U can accurately determine the first session affected by the first SGW-C.
例如,以第一PGW-U为PGW-U1,第一SGW-C为SGW-C1为例。会话1、会话2和会话3使用PGW-U1。会话1和会话2还使用SGW-C1。会话3还使用SGW-C2。那么,PGW-U1会在会话1和会话2中记录SGW-C1的标识,并在会话3中记录SGW-C2的标识。如果第一SGW-C为SGW-C1,MME接收SGW-C1的标识之后,在MME的会话中查找SGW-C1的标识。MME在会话1和会话2中查找到SGW-C1的标识。因此,MME将会话1和会话2确定为确定受SGW-C1影响的第一会话。For example, take the first PGW-U as PGW-U1 and the first SGW-C as SGW-C1 as an example. Session 1, Session 2, and Session 3 use PGW-U1. Session 1 and Session 2 also use SGW-C1. Session 3 also uses SGW-C2. Then, PGW-U1 will record the identification of SGW-C1 in Session 1 and Session 2, and the identification of SGW-C2 in Session 3. If the first SGW-C is SGW-C1, after receiving the identifier of SGW-C1, the MME searches for the identifier of SGW-C1 in the MME session. The MME finds the identity of SGW-C1 in Session 1 and Session 2. Therefore, the MME determines Session 1 and Session 2 as the first session determined to be affected by SGW-C1.
本申请实施例全文中,会话所使用的SGW-C也可称为会话所在的SGW-C或称为会话对应的SGW-C。In the full text of the embodiments of this application, the SGW-C used in the session may also be referred to as the SGW-C where the session is located or the SGW-C corresponding to the session.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-U确定受影响的第一会话之后,对第一会话进行记录。例如,第一PGW-U可通过以下方式记录受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话:第一PGW-U对第一会话进行标记。或者,第一PGW-U对第一会话置标志位。或者,第一PGW-U创建一个受第一SGW-C影响的会话列表,将第一会话加入该列表。在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-U从第二SGW-C接收会话修改请求之后,第一PGW-U取消对第一会话的记录。例如,第一PGW-U取消对第一会话的标记。或者,第一PGW-U取消对第一会话置的标志位。或者,第一PGW-U将第一会话移除受第一SGW-U影响的会话列表。这样第一PGW-U后续就可对第一会话的业务进行正常处理。In a specific design, after the first PGW-U determines the affected first session, it records the first session. For example, the first PGW-U may record the first session affected by the first SGW-C in the following manner: the first PGW-U marks the first session. Or, the first PGW-U sets a flag bit for the first session. Alternatively, the first PGW-U creates a list of sessions affected by the first SGW-C, and adds the first session to the list. In a specific design, after the first PGW-U receives the session modification request from the second SGW-C, the first PGW-U cancels the recording of the first session. For example, the first PGW-U unmarks the first session. Or, the first PGW-U cancels the flag bit set for the first session. Or, the first PGW-U removes the first session from the list of sessions affected by the first SGW-U. In this way, the first PGW-U can subsequently process the services of the first session normally.
703、第一PGW-U收到第一会话的下行数据报文时,向第一PGW-C发送通知消息。703. When receiving the downlink data packet of the first session, the first PGW-U sends a notification message to the first PGW-C.
其中,该通知消息用于通知接收到第一会话的下行数据报文。该通知消息可以为会话级消息,例如,会话报告请求(session report request),或其他消息。The notification message is used to notify that the downlink data packet of the first session is received. The notification message may be a session-level message, for example, a session report request (session report request), or other messages.
704、第一PGW-C向MME发送第一消息。704. The first PGW-C sends a first message to the MME.
具体地,第一PGW-C从第一PGW-U接收该通知消息之后,向MME发送第一消息。该第一消息用于触发MME为第一会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C。例如,第一消息可以为分组数据网络网关下行链路触发通知(P-GW downlink triggering notification,PDTN)消息。相应的地,MME接收PDTN消息之后,可以向第一PGW-C发送分组数据网络网关下行链路触发确认(P-GW downlink triggering ack,PDTA)消息。或者,第一消息也可以为其他消息,本申请实施例不做限定。Specifically, after receiving the notification message from the first PGW-U, the first PGW-C sends the first message to the MME. The first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the first session. For example, the first message may be a packet data network gateway downlink triggering notification (P-GW downlink triggering notification, PDTN) message. Correspondingly, after receiving the PDTN message, the MME may send a packet data network gateway downlink triggering acknowledgement (P-GW downlink triggering ack, PDTA) message to the first PGW-C. Alternatively, the first message may also be another message, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
具体地,第一PGW-C通过未故障的SGW-C向MME发送第一消息。Specifically, the first PGW-C sends the first message to the MME through the non-faulty SGW-C.
705、MME根据第一消息为第一会话重新选择一个未故障的第二SGW-C。705. The MME reselects a second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session according to the first message.
本申请实施例中,MME接收第一消息之后,根据第一消息为第一会话重新选择一个未故障的第二SGW-C。MME为第一会话重新选择一个未故障的第二SGW-C的原理与图3中MME为第一会话重新选择一个未故障的第二SGW-C的原理相同,在此不赘述。In this embodiment of the application, after receiving the first message, the MME re-selects a second SGW-C that is not faulty for the first session according to the first message. The principle of the MME reselecting a non-faulty second SGW-C for the first session is the same as the principle of the MME reselecting a non-failed second SGW-C for the first session in FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here.
通过实施图7所描述的方法,第一PGW-U能够在接收到受影响的第一会话的下行数据报文时,向MME发送第一消息,以便MME为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C。可见,通过实施图7所描述的方法,能够通过网络侧发送的下行数据报文及时地触发为受异常SGW-C影响的会话重选SGW-C,有利于及时地恢复受影响的业务。By implementing the method described in FIG. 7, the first PGW-U can send the first message to the MME when receiving the downlink data message of the affected first session, so that the MME can re-select the first session that is not faulty for the first session. Two SGW-C. It can be seen that by implementing the method described in FIG. 7, the downlink data message sent by the network side can trigger the reselection of the SGW-C for the session affected by the abnormal SGW-C in a timely manner, which is beneficial to timely restoration of the affected services.
在上述所描述的通信系统中,不仅SGW-U和SGW-C可能会发生异常,在某些情况下PGW-U也有可能发生异常。如果PGW-U发生异常,则UE与PDN之间的通道会发生中断,导致会话的业务不能正常进行。为此,本申请实施例还提供了一种业务恢复系统及方法,用 于对受异常PGW-U影响的业务进行恢复。其中,该业务恢复系统可包括上述通信系统中的网元。In the communication system described above, not only SGW-U and SGW-C may be abnormal, but PGW-U may also be abnormal in some cases. If the PGW-U is abnormal, the channel between the UE and the PDN will be interrupted, causing the conversation service to not be performed normally. To this end, the embodiments of the present application also provide a service restoration system and method, which are used to restore the service affected by the abnormal PGW-U. Wherein, the service recovery system may include the network elements in the aforementioned communication system.
基于上述通信系统,请参见图8,图8是本申请实施例提供的一种业务恢复方法。图8所描述的方法用于在PGW-U发生异常时,对受异常PGW-U影响的业务进行恢复。在图8所描述的方法中,MME记录受故障的PGW-U影响的第一会话,并且MME可以主动发起对第一会话的业务进行恢复的流程。或者,MME也可在接收到第一会话的上行信令时,发起对第一会话的业务进行恢复的流程。如图8所示,该业务恢复方法包括如下801~804部分,其中:Based on the foregoing communication system, please refer to FIG. 8, which is a service restoration method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method described in Fig. 8 is used to recover the services affected by the abnormal PGW-U when the PGW-U is abnormal. In the method described in FIG. 8, the MME records the first session affected by the failed PGW-U, and the MME can actively initiate a process of restoring the service of the first session. Alternatively, the MME may also initiate a process of restoring the service of the first session when receiving the uplink signaling of the first session. As shown in Figure 8, the service recovery method includes the following parts 801 to 804, in which:
801、第一SGW-C从第一PGW-C或第一SGW-U接收发生异常的第一PGW-U的标识。801. The first SGW-C receives an identifier of the first PGW-U that is abnormal from the first PGW-C or the first SGW-U.
其中,第一SGW-C为业务恢复系统中的任意一个,第一PGW-C为业务恢复系统中与第一SGW-C对接的PGW-C,第一SGW-U为业务恢复系统中与第一SGW-C对接的SGW-U,第一PGW-U分别与第一PGW-C和第一SGW-C对接。例如,如图2所示,第一SGW-C为GW-C1,第一SGW-U为SGW-U1,第一PGW-C为PGW-C1,第一PGW-U为PGW-U1。Among them, the first SGW-C is any one of the service recovery system, the first PGW-C is the PGW-C that is connected to the first SGW-C in the service recovery system, and the first SGW-U is the first SGW-C in the service recovery system. An SGW-U docked with an SGW-C, the first PGW-U is docked with the first PGW-C and the first SGW-C respectively. For example, as shown in Fig. 2, the first SGW-C is GW-C1, the first SGW-U is SGW-U1, the first PGW-C is PGW-C1, and the first PGW-U is PGW-U1.
第一SGW-C可通过以下两种方式接收发生异常的第一PGW-U的标识。The first SGW-C can receive the identifier of the abnormal first PGW-U in the following two ways.
方式一,第一SGW-C从第一SGW-U接收发生异常的第一PGW-U的标识。例如,第一SGW-U可检测第一PGW-U是否发生故障。若第一SGW-U检测到第一PGW-U发生故障,则第一SGW-U发送第一PGW-U的标识至第一SGW-C。其中,第一SGW-U可通过Node级的消息或会话级的会话管理/移动性管理消息发送第一PGW-U的标识至第一SGW-C。例如,Node级的消息可以为node report request消息。或者,第一SGW-U可通过在协议之外定义私有的Node级消息发送第一PGW-U的标识至第一SGW-C。Manner 1: The first SGW-C receives the identifier of the abnormal first PGW-U from the first SGW-U. For example, the first SGW-U may detect whether the first PGW-U fails. If the first SGW-U detects that the first PGW-U fails, the first SGW-U sends the identification of the first PGW-U to the first SGW-C. The first SGW-U may send the identifier of the first PGW-U to the first SGW-C through a Node-level message or a session-level session management/mobility management message. For example, the Node-level message may be a node report request message. Alternatively, the first SGW-U may send the identity of the first PGW-U to the first SGW-C by defining a private Node-level message outside the protocol.
其中,第一SGW-U可通过Echo请求消息检测第一PGW-U是否发生异常。例如,第一SGW-U可以以预设时间为周期向第一PGW-U发送Echo请求消息。第一PGW-U接收到该Echo请求消息之后,会向第一SGW-U返回Echo响应消息。如果第一SGW-U在预设时长内未接收到第一PGW-U发送的Echo响应消息,则第一SGW-U确定第一PGW-U发生故障。如果第一SGW-U接收到Echo响应消息,但Echo响应消息中的复原计数器(Recovery counter)中的值与上一次接收到的Echo响应消息中复原计数器的值不相同,则第一SGW-U确定第一PGW-U发生重启。如果第一PGW-U发生重启,Echo响应消息中的复原计数器的值会加1。因此,当第一SGW-U检测到Echo响应消息中的复原计数器中的值与上一次接收到的Echo响应消息中复原计数器的值不相同时,第一SGW-U可确定第一PGW-U发生重启。Wherein, the first SGW-U can detect whether the first PGW-U is abnormal through the Echo request message. For example, the first SGW-U may send an Echo request message to the first PGW-U at a preset time period. After receiving the Echo request message, the first PGW-U will return an Echo response message to the first SGW-U. If the first SGW-U does not receive the Echo response message sent by the first PGW-U within the preset time period, the first SGW-U determines that the first PGW-U is faulty. If the first SGW-U receives the Echo response message, but the value of the recovery counter in the Echo response message is different from the value of the recovery counter in the last received Echo response message, the first SGW-U It is determined that the first PGW-U restarts. If the first PGW-U restarts, the value of the recovery counter in the Echo response message will increase by 1. Therefore, when the first SGW-U detects that the value of the restoration counter in the Echo response message is different from the value of the restoration counter in the last received Echo response message, the first SGW-U can determine the first PGW-U A restart occurred.
当然,第一SGW-U也可通过其他方式检测第一PGW-U是否发生异常,本申请实施例不做限定。Of course, the first SGW-U may also detect whether the first PGW-U is abnormal in other ways, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
方式二,第一SGW-C从第一PGW-C接收发生异常的第一PGW-U的标识。例如,第一PGW-C可检测第一PGW-U是否发生故障。若第一PGW-C检测到第一PGW-U发生故障,则第一PGW-C发送第一PGW-U的标识至第一SGW-C。其中,第一PGW-C可通过Node级的消息或会话级的会话管理/移动性管理消息发送第一PGW-U的标识至第一SGW-C。例如,Node级的消息可以为node report request消息。或者,第一PGW-C可通过在协议之外定义私有的Node级消息发送第一PGW-U的标识至第一SGW-C。Manner 2: The first SGW-C receives the identifier of the abnormal first PGW-U from the first PGW-C. For example, the first PGW-C may detect whether the first PGW-U fails. If the first PGW-C detects that the first PGW-U has failed, the first PGW-C sends the identifier of the first PGW-U to the first SGW-C. The first PGW-C may send the identity of the first PGW-U to the first SGW-C through a Node-level message or a session-level session management/mobility management message. For example, the Node-level message may be a node report request message. Alternatively, the first PGW-C may send the identity of the first PGW-U to the first SGW-C by defining a private Node-level message outside the protocol.
其中,第一PGW-C可通过Sx接口的HeatBeat消息确定第一PGW-U是否发生异常。例如,第一PGW-C可以以预设时间为周期向第一PGW-U发送HeatBeat请求消息。第一PGW-U接收到该HeatBeat请求消息之后,会向第一PGW-C返回HeatBeat响应消息。如果第一PGW-C在预设时长内未接收到第一PGW-U发送的HeatBeat响应消息,则第一PGW-C确定第一 PGW-U发生故障。如果第一PGW-C接收到HeatBeat响应消息,但HeatBeat响应消息中的复原计数器(Recovery counter)中的值与上一次接收到的HeatBeat响应消息中复原计数器的值不相同,则第一PGW-C确定第一PGW-U发生重启。如果第一PGW-U发生重启,HeatBeat响应消息中的复原计数器的值会加1。因此,当第一PGW-C检测到HeatBeat响应消息中的复原计数器中的值与上一次接收到的HeatBeat响应消息中复原计数器的值不相同时,第一PGW-C可确定第一PGW-U发生重启。Wherein, the first PGW-C can determine whether the first PGW-U is abnormal through the HeatBeat message of the Sx interface. For example, the first PGW-C may send a HeatBeat request message to the first PGW-U at a preset time period. After receiving the HeatBeat request message, the first PGW-U returns a HeatBeat response message to the first PGW-C. If the first PGW-C does not receive the HeatBeat response message sent by the first PGW-U within the preset time period, the first PGW-C determines that the first PGW-U is faulty. If the first PGW-C receives the HeatBeat response message, but the value of the recovery counter in the HeatBeat response message is different from the value of the recovery counter in the HeatBeat response message received last time, then the first PGW-C It is determined that the first PGW-U restarts. If the first PGW-U restarts, the value of the recovery counter in the HeatBeat response message will increase by 1. Therefore, when the first PGW-C detects that the value of the restoration counter in the HeatBeat response message is different from the value of the restoration counter in the HeatBeat response message received last time, the first PGW-C can determine the first PGW-U A restart occurred.
当然,第一PGW-C还可通过其他方式确定第一PGW-U是否发生异常,本申请实施例不做限定。Of course, the first PGW-C may also determine whether the first PGW-U is abnormal in other ways, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
802、第一SGW-C向MME发送发生异常的第一PGW-U的标识。802. The first SGW-C sends to the MME the identifier of the first PGW-U where the abnormality occurs.
本申请实施例中,具体地,第一SGW-C接收发生异常的第一PGW-U的标识之后,向MME发送发生异常的第一PGW-U的标识。In the embodiment of the present application, specifically, after receiving the identifier of the abnormal first PGW-U, the first SGW-C sends the identifier of the abnormal first PGW-U to the MME.
803、MME根据第一PGW-U的标识确定受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话。803. The MME determines the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identifier of the first PGW-U.
本申请实施例中,MME从第一SGW-C接收第一PGW-U的标识之后,根据第一PGW-U的标识确定受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话。受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话是指使用MME和第一PGW-U的会话。In the embodiment of the present application, after receiving the identifier of the first PGW-U from the first SGW-C, the MME determines the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identifier of the first PGW-U. The first session affected by the first PGW-U refers to a session using the MME and the first PGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,MME在会话中记录会话所使用的PGW-U的标识;MME根据第一PGW-U的标识确定受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话的具体实施方式为:MME确定会话中具有第一PGW-U的标识的会话为受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话。基于该具体的设计,MME能够准确地确定出受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the MME records the identification of the PGW-U used by the session in the session; the specific implementation manner for the MME to determine the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identification of the first PGW-U is: The MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first PGW-U. Based on this specific design, the MME can accurately determine the first session affected by the first PGW-U.
例如,会话1、会话2和会话3使用MME。会话1和会话2还使用SGW-C1、SGW-U1、PGW-C1和PGW-U1。会话3还使用SGW-C2、SGW-U3、PGW-C2和PGW-U3。那么,MME会在会话1和会话2中记录PGW-U1的标识,并在会话3中记录PGW-U3的标识。如果第一PGW-U为PGW-U1,MME接收PGW-U1的标识之后,在MME的会话中查找PGW-U1的标识。MME在会话1和会话2中查找到PGW-U1的标识。因此,MME将会话1和会话2确定为确定受PGW-U1影响的第一会话。For example, Session 1, Session 2, and Session 3 use MME. Session 1 and Session 2 also use SGW-C1, SGW-U1, PGW-C1, and PGW-U1. Session 3 also uses SGW-C2, SGW-U3, PGW-C2, and PGW-U3. Then, the MME will record the identification of PGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2, and the identification of PGW-U3 in Session 3. If the first PGW-U is PGW-U1, after receiving the identification of PGW-U1, the MME searches for the identification of PGW-U1 in the MME session. The MME finds the identity of PGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2. Therefore, the MME determines Session 1 and Session 2 as the first session determined to be affected by PGW-U1.
本申请实施例全文中,会话所使用的PGW-U也可称为会话所在的PGW-U或称为会话对应的PGW-U。In the full text of the embodiments of this application, the PGW-U used in the session may also be referred to as the PGW-U where the session is located or the PGW-U corresponding to the session.
在一种具体的设计中,MME根据第一PGW-U的标识确定受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话之后,可对第一会话进行记录。例如,MME可通过以下方式记录受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话:MME对第一会话进行标记。或者,MME对第一会话置标志位。或者,MME创建一个受第一PGW-U影响的会话列表,将第一会话加入该列表。In a specific design, the MME may record the first session after determining the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identifier of the first PGW-U. For example, the MME may record the first session affected by the first PGW-U in the following manner: the MME marks the first session. Or, the MME sets a flag bit for the first session. Alternatively, the MME creates a list of sessions affected by the first PGW-U, and adds the first session to the list.
804、MME对第一会话进行删除,并指示第一会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。804. The MME deletes the first session, and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a PDN connection.
本申请实施例中,MME根据第一PGW-U的标识确定受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话之后,删除第一会话,并指示第一会话对应的用户设备重新建PDN连接。也就是说,MME会将第一会话删除,并且指示用户设备重新建立与PDN之间的会话。用户设备与重新建立与PDN之间的会话之后,用户设备的业务可恢复正常。In this embodiment of the present application, after determining the first session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identifier of the first PGW-U, the MME deletes the first session, and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a PDN connection. In other words, the MME will delete the first session and instruct the user equipment to re-establish a session with the PDN. After the user equipment re-establishes the session with the PDN, the service of the user equipment can be restored to normal.
在一种具体的设计中,MME还会指示第一SGW-C删除第一会话。第一SGW-C接收到MME的用于删除第一会话的指示之后,删除第一会话。并且第一SGW-C向第一SGW-U和第一PGW-C发送用于删除第一会话的指示。第一SGW-U和第一PGW-C接收该用于删除第一会话的指示之后,也删除第一会话。In a specific design, the MME will also instruct the first SGW-C to delete the first session. After receiving the instruction for deleting the first session from the MME, the first SGW-C deletes the first session. And the first SGW-C sends an instruction for deleting the first session to the first SGW-U and the first PGW-C. After receiving the instruction for deleting the first session, the first SGW-U and the first PGW-C also delete the first session.
MME可通过以下两种方式对第一会话进行删除,并指示第一会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。The MME can delete the first session in the following two ways, and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish the PDN connection.
方式一,受影响的第一会话具有多个,MME按照预设速率对该多个第一会话进行删除,并指示第一会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。Manner 1: There are multiple first sessions affected, and the MME deletes the multiple first sessions at a preset rate, and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a PDN connection.
方式二,当MME接收到第一会话的上行信令时,删除该第一会话,并指示该第一会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。该上行信令可以为业务请求或其他上行信令。例如,受影响的第一会话包括会话1~会话100,MME按照预设速率删除会话1~会话100,并指示会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。MME在从用户设备接收到会话100的业务请求时,优先删除会话100,并指示会话100对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。由于受影响的第一会话数量较多,这100个会话的业务全部恢复将花费较长时间,这会导致某些紧急业务无法及时恢复。在该具体的设计中,当MME接收到用户设备侧发送的信令时,就可触发对该信令对应的业务进行恢复,因此通过该设计,有利于及时恢复紧急业务。Manner 2: When the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session, it deletes the first session and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish the PDN connection. The uplink signaling may be a service request or other uplink signaling. For example, the first affected session includes session 1 to session 100, the MME deletes session 1 to session 100 at a preset rate, and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the session to re-establish a PDN connection. When the MME receives the service request of the session 100 from the user equipment, it preferentially deletes the session 100 and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the session 100 to re-establish the PDN connection. Due to the large number of first sessions affected, it will take a long time for all services of these 100 sessions to be restored, which may cause some emergency services to fail to be restored in time. In this specific design, when the MME receives the signaling sent by the user equipment side, it can trigger the restoration of the service corresponding to the signaling. Therefore, this design facilitates the timely restoration of emergency services.
可见,通过实施图8所描述的方法,能够对受影响的业务进行恢复。It can be seen that by implementing the method described in Figure 8, the affected business can be restored.
请参见图9,图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种业务恢复方法。图9所描述的方法用于在PGW-U发生异常时,及时地对受异常PGW-U影响的业务进行恢复。在图9所描述的方法中,SGW-U记录受故障的PGW-U影响的第二会话。在SGW-U接收到该第二会话的上行数据报文时,发起对该第二会话的业务进行恢复的流程。如图9所示,该业务恢复方法包括如下901~903部分,其中:Please refer to FIG. 9, which is another service recovery method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method described in Fig. 9 is used to recover the services affected by the abnormal PGW-U in time when an abnormality occurs in the PGW-U. In the method described in FIG. 9, the SGW-U records the second session affected by the failed PGW-U. When the SGW-U receives the uplink data message of the second session, it initiates a process of restoring the service of the second session. As shown in Figure 9, the service recovery method includes the following parts 901 to 903, of which:
901、第一SGW-U在确定第一PGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话。901. When determining that the first PGW-U is abnormal, the first SGW-U determines the second session affected by the first PGW-U.
其中,第一SGW-U为任意一个SGW-U,第一PGW-U为与SGW-U对接的任意一个PGW-U。例如,如图2所示,第一SGW-U为SGW-U1时,第一PGW-U为PGW-U1。第一SGW-U为SGW-U3时,第一PGW-U为PGW-U3。Among them, the first SGW-U is any SGW-U, and the first PGW-U is any PGW-U docked with the SGW-U. For example, as shown in FIG. 2, when the first SGW-U is SGW-U1, the first PGW-U is PGW-U1. When the first SGW-U is SGW-U3, the first PGW-U is PGW-U3.
第一SGW-U如何确定第一PGW-U发生异常的具体实施方式可参见图8所对应的实施例中的描述,在此不赘述。For a specific implementation manner of how the first SGW-U determines that the first PGW-U is abnormal, refer to the description in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 8, which is not repeated here.
其中,受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话是指使用第一SGW-U和第一PGW-U的会话。The second session affected by the first PGW-U refers to a session using the first SGW-U and the first PGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,第一SGW-U在会话中记录会话所使用的PGW-U的标识;第一SGW-U根据第一PGW-U的标识确定受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话的具体实施方式为:第一SGW-U确定会话中具有第一PGW-U的标识的会话为受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话。基于该具体的设计,第一SGW-UE能够准确地确定出受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话。In a specific design, the first SGW-U records the identity of the PGW-U used by the session in the session; the first SGW-U determines the first PGW-U affected by the identity of the first PGW-U according to the identity of the first PGW-U The specific implementation of the second session is: the first SGW-U determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first PGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first SGW-UE can accurately determine the second session affected by the first PGW-U.
例如,会话1、会话2、会话使用SGW-U1。会话1和会话2还使用PGW-U1。会话3还使用PGW-U2。那么,SGW-U1会在会话1和会话2中记录PGW-U1的标识,并在会话3中记录PGW-U2的标识。如果第一PGW-U为PGW-U1,SGW-U1接收PGW-U1的标识之后,在SGW-U1的会话中查找PGW-U1的标识。SGW-U1在会话1和会话2中查找到PGW-U1的标识。因此,SGW-U1将会话1和会话2确定为确定受PGW-U1影响的第二会话。For example, session 1, session 2, session use SGW-U1. Session 1 and Session 2 also use PGW-U1. Session 3 also uses PGW-U2. Then, SGW-U1 will record the identification of PGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2, and the identification of PGW-U2 in Session 3. If the first PGW-U is PGW-U1, after receiving the identification of PGW-U1, SGW-U1 searches for the identification of PGW-U1 in the session of SGW-U1. SGW-U1 finds the identity of PGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2. Therefore, SGW-U1 determines Session 1 and Session 2 as the second session determined to be affected by PGW-U1.
在一种具体的设计中,第一SGW-U根据第一PGW-U的标识确定受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话之后,可对第二会话进行记录。例如,第一SGW-U可通过以下方式记录受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话:第一SGW-U对第二会话进行标记。或者,第一SGW-U对第二会话置标志位。或者,第一SGW-U创建一个受第一PGW-U影响的会话列表,将第二会话加入 该列表。In a specific design, after the first SGW-U determines the second session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identifier of the first PGW-U, the second session may be recorded. For example, the first SGW-U may record the second session affected by the first PGW-U in the following manner: the first SGW-U marks the second session. Or, the first SGW-U sets a flag bit for the second session. Alternatively, the first SGW-U creates a list of sessions affected by the first PGW-U, and adds the second session to the list.
902、第一SGW-U在接收到第二会话的上行数据报文时,向第一SGW-C发送通知消息。902. The first SGW-U sends a notification message to the first SGW-C when receiving the uplink data packet of the second session.
本申请实施例中,第一SGW-U确定受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话之后,在接收到第二会话的上行数据报文时,向第一SGW-C发送通知消息。该通知消息用于通知第二会话接收到上行数据报文。其中,上行数据报文是指来自用户侧的数据报文。其中,该通知消息可以为已有的协议定义的消息,例如,该通知消息可以为session report request消息。该通知消息也可以为协议之外定义私有的消息。In the embodiment of the present application, after determining the second session affected by the first PGW-U, the first SGW-U sends a notification message to the first SGW-C when receiving the uplink data packet of the second session. The notification message is used to notify the second session that the uplink data packet is received. Among them, the uplink data message refers to the data message from the user side. The notification message may be a message defined by an existing protocol. For example, the notification message may be a session report request message. The notification message can also be a private message defined outside the protocol.
903、第一SGW-C删除第二会话,并指示第二会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。903. The first SGW-C deletes the second session, and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the second session to re-establish a PDN connection.
具体地,第一SGW-C从第一SGW-U接收通知消息之后,删除第二会话,并指示第二会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。也就是说,第一SGW-C会将第二会话删除,并且指示用户设备重新建立与PDN之间的会话。用户设备与重新建立与PDN之间的会话之后,用户设备的业务可恢复正常。Specifically, after receiving the notification message from the first SGW-U, the first SGW-C deletes the second session, and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the second session to re-establish the PDN connection. In other words, the first SGW-C will delete the second session and instruct the user equipment to re-establish a session with the PDN. After the user equipment re-establishes the session with the PDN, the service of the user equipment can be restored to normal.
在一种具体的设计中,第一SGW-C还会指示MME、第一SGW-U和第一PGW-C删除第二会话。MME接收到用于删除第二会话的指示之后,删除第二会话。第一SGW-U接收到用于删除第二会话的指示之后,删除第二会话。第一PGW-C接收到用于删除第二会话的指示之后,删除第二会话。In a specific design, the first SGW-C will also instruct the MME, the first SGW-U, and the first PGW-C to delete the second session. After receiving the instruction for deleting the second session, the MME deletes the second session. After receiving the instruction for deleting the second session, the first SGW-U deletes the second session. After receiving the instruction for deleting the second session, the first PGW-C deletes the second session.
通过图9所描述的方法,第一SGW-U能够在接收到第二会话的上行数据报文时,就及时地触发对第二会话的业务进行恢复。Through the method described in FIG. 9, the first SGW-U can trigger the service recovery of the second session in time when receiving the uplink data message of the second session.
请参见图10,图10是本申请实施例提供的另一种业务恢复方法。图10所描述的方法用于在PGW-U发生异常时,及时地对受异常PGW-U影响的业务进行恢复。在图10所描述的方法中,PGW-C记录受故障的PGW-U影响的第三会话。在PGW-C接收到该第三会话的上行数据报文时,发起对该第三会话的业务进行恢复的流程。如图10所示,该业务恢复方法包括如下1001~1002部分,其中:Please refer to FIG. 10, which is another service recovery method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method described in Fig. 10 is used to recover the services affected by the abnormal PGW-U in time when an abnormality occurs in the PGW-U. In the method described in FIG. 10, PGW-C records the third session affected by the failed PGW-U. When the PGW-C receives the uplink data message of the third session, it initiates a process of restoring the service of the third session. As shown in Figure 10, the service recovery method includes the following parts 1001 to 1002, among which:
1001、第一PGW-C在检测到第一PGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话。1001. The first PGW-C determines the third session affected by the first PGW-U when detecting that the first PGW-U is abnormal.
本申请实施例中,第一PGW-C为业务恢复中的任意一个PGW-C。第一PGW-U为与第一PGW-C对接的任意一个PGW-U。例如,如图2所示,第一PGW-C为PGW-C1,第一PGW-U为PGW-U1或PGW-U2。第一PGW-C为PGW-C2,第一PGW-U为PGW-U3或PGW-U4。In the embodiment of this application, the first PGW-C is any PGW-C in service restoration. The first PGW-U is any PGW-U docked with the first PGW-C. For example, as shown in FIG. 2, the first PGW-C is PGW-C1, and the first PGW-U is PGW-U1 or PGW-U2. The first PGW-C is PGW-C2, and the first PGW-U is PGW-U3 or PGW-U4.
其中,受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话是指存在于第一PGW-C且存在于第一PGW-U的会话。Among them, the third session affected by the first PGW-U refers to a session existing in the first PGW-C and existing in the first PGW-U.
其中,第一PGW-C检测第一PGW-U发生异常的具体实施方式可参见上述图7所对应的实施例中的描述,在此不赘述。For the specific implementation manner for the first PGW-C to detect the abnormality of the first PGW-U, refer to the description in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 7, which is not repeated here.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-C在会话中记录会话所使用的PGW-U的标识;第一PGW-C根据第一PGW-U的标识确定受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话的具体实施方式为:第一PGW-C确定会话中具有第一PGW-U的标识的会话为受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话。基于该具体的设计,第一PGW-C能够准确地确定出受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话。In a specific design, the first PGW-C records the identity of the PGW-U used by the session in the session; the first PGW-C determines the first PGW-U affected by the identity of the first PGW-U according to the identity of the first PGW-U The specific implementation of the third session is: the first PGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first PGW-U. Based on this specific design, the first PGW-C can accurately determine the third session affected by the first PGW-U.
例如,第一PGW-C包括会话1、会话2、会话3。会话1和会话2使用PGW-U1。会话3还使用PGW-U2。那么,第一PGW-C会在会话1和会话2中记录PGW-U1的标识,并在会话3中记录PGW-U2的标识。如果第一PGW-U为PGW-U1,第一PGW-C接收PGW-U1的 标识之后,在第一PGW-C的会话中查找PGW-U1的标识。第一PGW-C在会话1和会话2中查找到PGW-U1的标识。因此,第一PGW-C将会话1和会话2确定为确定受PGW-U1影响的第三会话。For example, the first PGW-C includes session 1, session 2, and session 3. Session 1 and Session 2 use PGW-U1. Session 3 also uses PGW-U2. Then, the first PGW-C will record the identification of PGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2, and the identification of PGW-U2 in Session 3. If the first PGW-U is PGW-U1, after receiving the identification of PGW-U1, the first PGW-C searches for the identification of PGW-U1 in the session of the first PGW-C. The first PGW-C finds the identity of PGW-U1 in Session 1 and Session 2. Therefore, the first PGW-C determines Session 1 and Session 2 as the third session determined to be affected by PGW-U1.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-C根据第一PGW-U的标识确定受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话之后,可对第三会话进行记录。例如,第一PGW-C可通过以下方式记录受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话:第一PGW-C对第三会话进行标记。或者,第一PGW-C对第三会话置标志位。或者,第一PGW-C创建一个受第一PGW-U影响的会话列表,将第三会话加入该列表。In a specific design, after the first PGW-C determines the third session affected by the first PGW-U according to the identifier of the first PGW-U, the third session may be recorded. For example, the first PGW-C may record the third session affected by the first PGW-U in the following manner: the first PGW-C marks the third session. Or, the first PGW-C sets a flag bit for the third session. Alternatively, the first PGW-C creates a list of sessions affected by the first PGW-U, and adds the third session to the list.
1002、第一PGW-C在接收到第三会话的下行信令时,删除第三会话,并指示第三会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。1002. When receiving the downlink signaling of the third session, the first PGW-C deletes the third session, and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the third session to re-establish a PDN connection.
具体地,第一PGW-C确定受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话之后,如果接收到第三会话的下行信令,则删除第三会话,并指示第三会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。也就是说,第一PGW-C会将第三会话删除,并且指示用户设备重新建立与PDN之间的会话。用户设备与重新建立与PDN之间的会话之后,用户设备的业务可正常进行。Specifically, after the first PGW-C determines the third session affected by the first PGW-U, if the downlink signaling of the third session is received, the third session is deleted, and the user equipment corresponding to the third session is instructed to re-establish PDN connection. In other words, the first PGW-C will delete the third session and instruct the user equipment to re-establish a session with the PDN. After the user equipment re-establishes the session with the PDN, the service of the user equipment can proceed normally.
其中,该信令可以是来自PCRF的信令,例如,重新鉴权请求消息等。或者,该信令也可以是来自网络侧的其他网元的信令,本申请实施例不做限定。Wherein, the signaling may be signaling from PCRF, for example, a re-authentication request message. Alternatively, the signaling may also be signaling from other network elements on the network side, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一种具体的设计中,第一PGW-C还会指示第一SGW-C删除第三会话。第一SGW-C接收到用于删除第三会话的指示之后,删除第三会话。第一SGW-C接收用于删除第三会话的指示之后,还指示第一SGW-U、MME删除第三会话。MME接收到用于删除第三会话的指示之后,删除第三会话。第一SGW-U接收到用于删除第三会话的指示之后,删除第三会话。In a specific design, the first PGW-C will also instruct the first SGW-C to delete the third session. After receiving the instruction for deleting the third session, the first SGW-C deletes the third session. After receiving the instruction for deleting the third session, the first SGW-C also instructs the first SGW-U and the MME to delete the third session. After receiving the instruction for deleting the third session, the MME deletes the third session. After receiving the instruction for deleting the third session, the first SGW-U deletes the third session.
在一种具体的设计中,当第一PGW-C接收到第四会话的信令时,第一PGW-C根据第四会话的信令向第二PGW-U发送消息;第一PGW-C在向第二PGW-U重传消息之后,若第一PGW-C在预设时间段内未接收到消息的响应消息,则删除第四会话,并指示第四会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。其中,第二PGW-U为除第一PGW-U之外的与第一PGW-C对接的任意一个PGW-U。第四会话为存在于第一PGW-C且存在于第二PGW-U中的会话。例如,如图2所示,第一PGW-C为PGW-C1,第一PGW-U为PGW-U1,第二PGW-U为PGW-U2。PGW-C1检测到PGW-U1发生异常,并确定受PGW-U1影响的会话为会话1。PGW-C1删除会话1,并指示会话1的用户设备重新建立PDN连接,以恢复会话1的业务。若PGW-U2也发生异常但PGW-C1尚未感知,此时,如果PGW-C1接收到会话2的信令,如重新鉴权请求消息,PGW-C1根据会话2的信令向PGW-U2发送信息。如果PGW-C1未接收PGW-U2针对该信息的响应,PGW-C1向PGW-U2重新发送该信息。如果PGW-C1在向PGW-U2重传该消息之后,PGW-C1在预设时间段内还是未接收到消息的响应消息,则PGW-C1删除会话2,并指示会话2对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。基于该具体的设计,在PGW-C1未及时地感知PGW-U2发生异常时,也能及时地对受PGW-U2影响的业务进行恢复。In a specific design, when the first PGW-C receives the signaling of the fourth session, the first PGW-C sends a message to the second PGW-U according to the signaling of the fourth session; the first PGW-C After the message is retransmitted to the second PGW-U, if the first PGW-C does not receive the response message of the message within the preset time period, the fourth session is deleted, and the user equipment corresponding to the fourth session is instructed to re-establish the PDN connection. Wherein, the second PGW-U is any PGW-U connected to the first PGW-C except the first PGW-U. The fourth session is a session existing in the first PGW-C and in the second PGW-U. For example, as shown in FIG. 2, the first PGW-C is PGW-C1, the first PGW-U is PGW-U1, and the second PGW-U is PGW-U2. PGW-C1 detects that PGW-U1 is abnormal, and determines that the session affected by PGW-U1 is session 1. PGW-C1 deletes session 1 and instructs the user equipment of session 1 to re-establish a PDN connection to restore the service of session 1. If PGW-U2 is also abnormal but PGW-C1 has not yet sensed it, at this time, if PGW-C1 receives session 2 signaling, such as a re-authentication request message, PGW-C1 sends to PGW-U2 according to session 2 signaling information. If PGW-C1 does not receive PGW-U2's response to the information, PGW-C1 resends the information to PGW-U2. If after PGW-C1 retransmits the message to PGW-U2, PGW-C1 still does not receive a response message for the message within the preset time period, PGW-C1 deletes session 2 and instructs the user equipment corresponding to session 2 to restart Establish a PDN connection. Based on this specific design, even when PGW-C1 does not detect the abnormality of PGW-U2 in time, it can also restore services affected by PGW-U2 in time.
可见,通过图10所描述的方法,第一PGW-C能够在接收到第三会话的信令时,就及时地触发对第三会话的业务进行恢复。It can be seen that through the method described in FIG. 10, the first PGW-C can trigger the service recovery of the third session in time when receiving the signaling of the third session.
值得一提的是,一个PGW-U异常,会影响使用该PGW-U的所有会话。每个会话可以接收到上行信令,也可以接收上行数据报文,也可以接收下行信令。因此,可以将图8、图9、图10所描述的方法可以互相结合。这样接收到上行的会话,就可通过图8所描述的方法对受 异常PGW-U影响的业务进行恢复。接收到上行数据报文的会话,就可通过图9所描述的方法对受异常PGW-U影响的业务进行恢复。接收到下行信令的会话,就可通过图10所描述的方法对受异常PGW-U影响的业务进行恢复。通过将图8、图9和图10所描述的方法可以互相结合,在多个场景下均可以对受异常PGW-U影响的业务进行恢。It is worth mentioning that an abnormality of a PGW-U will affect all sessions using the PGW-U. Each session can receive uplink signaling, uplink data packets, and downlink signaling. Therefore, the methods described in Figure 8, Figure 9, and Figure 10 can be combined with each other. In this way, the uplink session is received, and the service affected by the abnormal PGW-U can be restored by the method described in Figure 8. After receiving the session of the uplink data message, the service affected by the abnormal PGW-U can be restored by the method described in FIG. 9. After receiving the downlink signaling session, the service affected by the abnormal PGW-U can be restored by the method described in Figure 10. By combining the methods described in Figure 8, Figure 9 and Figure 10 with each other, services affected by abnormal PGW-U can be restored in multiple scenarios.
例如,将图8、图9、图10所描述的方法进行结合。MME可以确定受异常第一PGW-U影响的第一会话,并由MME主动发起为第一会话的业务进行恢复的流程。或者,MME可在接收到第一会话的上行信令时,发起为第一会话的业务进行恢复的流程。第一SGW-U也可确定受异常第一PGW-U影响的第二会话。第一SGW-U在接收到第二会话的上行数据报文时,发起为第二会话的业务进行恢复的流程。第一PGW-C也可确定受异常第一PGW-U影响的第三会话,并且在接收到第三会话的下行信令时,发起为第三会话的业务进行恢复的流程。For example, the methods described in FIG. 8, FIG. 9, and FIG. 10 are combined. The MME may determine the first session affected by the abnormal first PGW-U, and the MME actively initiates a process of recovering the service of the first session. Alternatively, the MME may initiate a process of recovering the service of the first session when receiving the uplink signaling of the first session. The first SGW-U may also determine the second session affected by the abnormal first PGW-U. When receiving the uplink data packet of the second session, the first SGW-U initiates a process of recovering the service of the second session. The first PGW-C may also determine the third session affected by the abnormal first PGW-U, and upon receiving the downlink signaling of the third session, initiate a process of recovering the service of the third session.
本发明实施例可以根据上述方法示例对设备进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本发明实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiment of the present invention may divide the device into functional modules according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present invention is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
请参见图11,图11示出了本申请实施例的一种网络设备的结构示意图。图11所示的网络设备可以用于执行上述图3所描述的方法实施例中MME的部分或全部功能。图11所示的网络设备可以包括处理模块1101和通信模块1102。其中:Please refer to FIG. 11, which shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. The network device shown in FIG. 11 may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the MME in the method embodiment described in FIG. 3. The network device shown in FIG. 11 may include a processing module 1101 and a communication module 1102. among them:
通信模块1102,用于从第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C接收发生异常的第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U的标识,第一SGW-C与第一SGW-U对接;处理模块1101,用于根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话;处理模块1101,还用于为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C。The communication module 1102 is configured to receive the identifier of the abnormal first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U from the first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C, and the first SGW-C is connected to the first SGW-U; processing; The module 1101 is configured to determine the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U; the processing module 1101 is also configured to reselect a second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session.
在一种具体的设计中,处理模块1101,还用于在会话中记录会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;处理模块1101根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话的方式具体为:确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the processing module 1101 is also used to record the identity of the SGW-U used in the session; the processing module 1101 determines the first SGW-U affected by the identity of the first SGW-U according to the identity of the first SGW-U The method of a session is specifically: determining that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,处理模块1101为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C的方式具体为:当通信模块1102接收到第一会话的上行信令时,处理模块1101为第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C。In a specific design, the method for the processing module 1101 to reselect the second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session is specifically as follows: when the communication module 1102 receives the uplink signaling of the first session, the processing module 1101 is the first session. One session reselects the second SGW-C that has not failed.
请参见图11,图11示出了本申请实施例的一种网络设备的结构示意图。图11所示的网络设备可以用于执行上述图4所描述的方法实施例中第一PGW-C的部分或全部功能。图11所示的网络设备可以包括处理模块1101和通信模块1102。其中:Please refer to FIG. 11, which shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. The network device shown in FIG. 11 may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first PGW-C in the method embodiment described in FIG. 4. The network device shown in FIG. 11 may include a processing module 1101 and a communication module 1102. among them:
通信模块1102,用于从第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U或第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C接收发生异常的第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U的标识,网络设备与第一PGW-U对接,且网络设备与第一SGW-C对接,第一SGW-U与第一PGW-U对接,且第一SGW-U与第一SGW-C对接;处理模块1101,用于根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话;通信模块1102,还用于接收到第二会话的下行信令时,向移动管理实体MME发送第一消息,该第一消息用于触发MME为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C。The communication module 1102 is configured to receive the identifier of the abnormal first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U from the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U or the first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C, The network device is docked with the first PGW-U, and the network device is docked with the first SGW-C, the first SGW-U is docked with the first PGW-U, and the first SGW-U is docked with the first SGW-C; processing module 1101, configured to determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identity of the first SGW-U; the communication module 1102 is also configured to send the second session to the mobility management entity MME when receiving downlink signaling of the second session A message, the first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the second session.
在一种具体的设计中,通信模块1102,还用于从第一SGW-C接收会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;处理模块1101,还用于在会话中记录会话对应的SGW-U的标识;处理模块1101根据第一SGW-U的标识确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话的方式具体为:确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。In a specific design, the communication module 1102 is also used to receive the SGW-U identifier used in the session from the first SGW-C; the processing module 1101 is also used to record the SGW-U corresponding to the session in the session Identification; the processing module 1101 determines the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identification of the first SGW-U specifically: determining that the session with the identification of the first SGW-U in the session is affected by the first SGW-U The second session affected.
请参见图11,图11示出了本申请实施例的一种网络设备的结构示意图。图11所示的网络设备可以用于执行上述图5所描述的方法实施例中第一SGW-C的部分或全部功能。图11所示的网络设备可以包括处理模块1101和通信模块1102。其中:Please refer to FIG. 11, which shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. The network device shown in FIG. 11 may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first SGW-C in the method embodiment described in FIG. 5. The network device shown in FIG. 11 may include a processing module 1101 and a communication module 1102. among them:
处理模块1101,用于在检测到对接的第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话;通信模块1102,用于从第一分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C接收第二会话对应的第二信令;通信模块1102,还用于向第一PGW-C发送第二信令的响应,该第二信令的响应中携带用于指示未找到第二会话的上下文的原因值。The processing module 1101 is configured to determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U when an abnormality occurs in the user plane function entity SGW-U of the first serving gateway that is connected; the communication module 1102 is configured to receive data from the first packet The network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C receives the second signaling corresponding to the second session; the communication module 1102 is also used to send a response of the second signaling to the first PGW-C, and the response of the second signaling carries The reason value used to indicate that the context of the second session was not found.
在一种具体的设计中,处理模块1101,还用于在会话中记录会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;处理模块1101确定受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话的方式具体为:确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。In a specific design, the processing module 1101 is also used to record the identification of the SGW-U used by the session in the session; the method for the processing module 1101 to determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U is specifically: determine The session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,处理模块1101,还用于在通信模块1102接收第二会话对应的创建专有承载请求之后,删除第二会话。In a specific design, the processing module 1101 is further configured to delete the second session after the communication module 1102 receives the dedicated bearer creation request corresponding to the second session.
本申请实施例提供了一种网络设备。该网络设备可以用于执行上述图5所描述的方法实施例中第一PGW-C的部分或全部功能。该网络设备可以包括通信模块。其中:The embodiment of the present application provides a network device. The network device may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first PGW-C in the method embodiment described in FIG. 5. The network device may include a communication module. among them:
通信模块,用于接收第一信令;通信模块,还用于根据该第一信令向第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C发送第二会话对应的第二信令;通信模块,还用于从第一SGW-C接收第二信令的响应,该第二信令的响应中携带用于指示未找到第二会话上下文的原因值,该第二会话为第一SGW-C中受异常的第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U影响的会话;通信模块,还用于向移动管理实体MME发送第一消息,该第一消息用于触发MME为第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C。The communication module is configured to receive the first signaling; the communication module is also configured to send the second signaling corresponding to the second session to the first serving gateway control plane functional entity SGW-C according to the first signaling; the communication module, further It is used to receive a response of the second signaling from the first SGW-C, and the response of the second signaling carries a reason value for indicating that the second session context is not found. The second session is the recipient of the first SGW-C. The session affected by the abnormal first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U; the communication module is also used to send a first message to the mobility management entity MME, and the first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty session for the second session The third SGW-C.
请参见图11,图11示出了本申请实施例的一种网络设备的结构示意图。图11所示的网络设备可以用于执行上述图6所描述的方法实施例中第一PGW-U的部分或全部功能。图11所示的网络设备可以包括处理模块1101和通信模块1102。其中:Please refer to FIG. 11, which shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. The network device shown in FIG. 11 may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first PGW-U in the method embodiment described in FIG. 6. The network device shown in FIG. 11 may include a processing module 1101 and a communication module 1102. among them:
处理模块1101,用于在检测到对接的第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话;通信模块1102,用于在接收到第三会话的下行数据报文时,向对接的第一分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C发送通知消息,该通知消息通知第三会话接收到下行数据报文。The processing module 1101 is configured to determine the third session affected by the first SGW-U when an abnormality of the user plane function entity SGW-U of the connected first serving gateway is detected; the communication module 1102 is configured to In the case of a downlink data message of the session, a notification message is sent to the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C that is connected, and the notification message informs the third session that the downlink data message is received.
在一种具体的设计中,处理模块1101,还用于在会话中记录会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;处理模块1101确定受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话的方式具体为:确定会话中具有第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受第一SGW-U影响的第三会话。In a specific design, the processing module 1101 is also used to record the identification of the SGW-U used by the session in the session; the method for the processing module 1101 to determine the third session affected by the first SGW-U is specifically: determine The session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first SGW-U.
本申请实施例提供了一种网络设备。该网络设备可以用于执行上述图6所描述的方法实施例中第一PGW-C的部分或全部功能。该网络设备可以包括通信模块。其中:The embodiment of the present application provides a network device. The network device may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first PGW-C in the method embodiment described in FIG. 6. The network device may include a communication module. among them:
通信模块,用于从第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U接收通知消息,该通知消息用于通知接收到第三会话的下行数据报文,该第三会话为第一PGW-U中受异常的第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U影响的会话;通信模块,还用于向移动管理实体MME发送第一消息,该第一消息用于MME为第三会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C。The communication module is used to receive a notification message from the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U, where the notification message is used to notify the reception of a downlink data packet of a third session, which is the first PGW-U The communication module is also used to send a first message to the mobility management entity MME. The first message is used by the MME to select a new session for the third session. The faulty SGW-C.
请参见图11,图11示出了本申请实施例的一种网络设备的结构示意图。图11所示的网络设备可以用于执行上述图7所描述的方法实施例中第一PGW-U的部分或全部功能。图11所示的网络设备可以包括处理模块1101和通信模块1102。其中:Please refer to FIG. 11, which shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. The network device shown in FIG. 11 may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first PGW-U in the method embodiment described in FIG. 7. The network device shown in FIG. 11 may include a processing module 1101 and a communication module 1102. among them:
通信模块1102,用于从第一分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C或第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U接收发生异常的第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C的标识,第一PGW-C和第一SGW-U分别与网络设备对接,第一PGW-C和第一SGW-U分别与第一SGW-C对接;处理模块1101,用于根据第一SGW-C的标识确定受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话;通信模块1102,还用于在收到第一会话的下行数据报文时,向第一PGW-C发送通知消息,该通知消息用于通知接收到第一会话的下行数据报文。The communication module 1102 is configured to receive the identifier of the abnormal first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C from the first packet data network gateway control plane function entity PGW-C or the first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U, The first PGW-C and the first SGW-U are respectively docked with the network equipment, and the first PGW-C and the first SGW-U are respectively docked with the first SGW-C; the processing module 1101 is configured to connect with the first SGW-C Identifies the first session affected by the first SGW-C; the communication module 1102 is also configured to send a notification message to the first PGW-C when receiving a downlink data message of the first session, and the notification message is used to notify The downlink data packet of the first session is received.
在一种具体的设计中,通信模块1102,还用于从第一PGW-C接收会话所使用的SGW-C的标识;处理模块1101,还用于在会话中记录会话所使用的SGW-C的标识;处理模块1101根据第一SGW-C的标识确定受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话的方式具体为:确定会话中具有第一SGW-C的标识的会话为受第一SGW-C影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the communication module 1102 is also used to receive the identification of the SGW-C used in the session from the first PGW-C; the processing module 1101 is also used to record the SGW-C used in the session in the session The method for the processing module 1101 to determine the first session affected by the first SGW-C according to the identifier of the first SGW-C is specifically: determining that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-C in the session is affected by the first SGW-C The first session affected by C.
本申请实施例提供了一种网络设备。该网络设备可以用于执行上述图7所描述的方法实施例中第一PGW-C的部分或全部功能。该网络设备可以包括通信模块。其中:The embodiment of the present application provides a network device. The network device may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first PGW-C in the method embodiment described in FIG. 7. The network device may include a communication module. among them:
通信模块,用于从第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U接收通知消息,该通知消息用于通知指示接收到第一会话的下行数据报文,该第一会话为第一PGW-U中受异常的第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C影响的会话;通信模块,还用于向移动管理实体MME发送第一消息,该第一消息用于触发MME为第一会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C。The communication module is used to receive a notification message from the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U, where the notification message is used to notify that a downlink data message indicating the reception of the first session is received, and the first session is the first PGW- A session affected by the abnormal first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C in U; the communication module is also used to send a first message to the mobility management entity MME, which is used to trigger the MME to reselect for the first session A surviving SGW-C.
在一种具体的设计中,通信模块,还用于在确定第一SGW-C发生异常时,向第一PGW-U发送第一SGW-C的标识。In a specific design, the communication module is also used to send the identification of the first SGW-C to the first PGW-U when it is determined that the first SGW-C is abnormal.
在一种具体的设计中,通信模块,还用于向第一PGW-U发送会话对应的SGW-C的标识。In a specific design, the communication module is also used to send the SGW-C identifier corresponding to the session to the first PGW-U.
请参见图11,图11示出了本申请实施例的一种网络设备的结构示意图。图11所示的网络设备可以用于执行上述图8所描述的方法实施例中MME的部分或全部功能。图11所示的网络设备可以包括处理模块1101和通信模块1102。其中:Please refer to FIG. 11, which shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. The network device shown in FIG. 11 may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the MME in the method embodiment described in FIG. 8. The network device shown in FIG. 11 may include a processing module 1101 and a communication module 1102. among them:
通信模块1102,用于从第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C接收发生异常的第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U的标识;处理模块1101,用于根据第一PGW-U的标识确定受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话;处理模块1101,还用于对第一会话进行删除,并指示第一会话对应的用户设备重新建立分组数据网PDN连接。The communication module 1102 is configured to receive the identifier of the abnormal first packet data network gateway user plane functional entity PGW-U from the first serving gateway control plane functional entity SGW-C; the processing module 1101 is configured to The identifier of determines the first session affected by the first PGW-U; the processing module 1101 is further configured to delete the first session and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a packet data network PDN connection.
在一种具体的设计中,处理模块1101,还用于在会话中记录会话所使用的PGW-U的标识;处理模块1101根据第一PGW-U的标识确定受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话的方式具体为:确定会话中具有第一PGW-U的标识的会话为受第一PGW-U影响的第一会话。In a specific design, the processing module 1101 is also used to record the identification of the PGW-U used in the session; the processing module 1101 determines the first PGW-U affected by the identification of the first PGW-U according to the identification of the first PGW-U The method of a session is specifically: determining that the session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first PGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,处理模块1101对第一会话进行删除,并指示第一会话对应的用户 设备重新建立分组数据网PDN连接的方式具体为:当通信模块1102接收到第一会话的上行信令时,删除第一会话,并指示第一会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。In a specific design, the processing module 1101 deletes the first session, and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the first session to re-establish a packet data network PDN connection: when the communication module 1102 receives the uplink of the first session During signaling, the first session is deleted, and the user equipment corresponding to the first session is instructed to re-establish the PDN connection.
请参见图11,图11示出了本申请实施例的一种网络设备的结构示意图。图11所示的网络设备可以用于执行上述图9所描述的方法实施例中第一SGW-U的部分或全部功能。图11所示的网络设备可以包括处理模块1101和通信模块1102。其中:Please refer to FIG. 11, which shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. The network device shown in FIG. 11 may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first SGW-U in the method embodiment described in FIG. 9. The network device shown in FIG. 11 may include a processing module 1101 and a communication module 1102. among them:
处理模块1101,用于在确定第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话;通信模块1102,用于在接收到第二会话的上行数据报文时,向第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C发送通知消息,该通知消息用于通知第二会话接收到上行数据报文。The processing module 1101 is used to determine the second session affected by the first PGW-U when it is determined that the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U is abnormal; the communication module 1102 is used to determine the second session when the second session is received Sending a notification message to the first serving gateway control plane functional entity SGW-C when the uplink data message is received, and the notification message is used to notify the second session that the uplink data message is received.
在一种具体的设计中,处理模块1101,还用于在会话中记录会话所使用的PGW-U的标识;处理模块1101确定受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话的方式具体为:确定会话中具有第一PGW-U的标识的会话为受第一PGW-U影响的第二会话。In a specific design, the processing module 1101 is also used to record the identification of the PGW-U used in the session; the processing module 1101 determines the second session affected by the first PGW-U specifically as follows: The session with the identifier of the first PGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first PGW-U.
请参见图11,图11示出了本申请实施例的一种网络设备的结构示意图。图11所示的网络设备可以用于执行上述图9所描述的方法实施例中第一SGW-C的部分或全部功能。图11所示的网络设备可以包括处理模块1101和通信模块1102。其中:Please refer to FIG. 11, which shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. The network device shown in FIG. 11 may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first SGW-C in the method embodiment described in FIG. 9. The network device shown in FIG. 11 may include a processing module 1101 and a communication module 1102. among them:
通信模块1102,用于从第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U接收通知消息,通知消息用于通知第二会话接收到上行数据报文,该第二会话为受异常第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U影响的会话;处理模块1101,用于删除第二会话,并指示第二会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。The communication module 1102 is configured to receive a notification message from the user plane function entity SGW-U of the first serving gateway, and the notification message is used to notify the second session that the uplink data packet is received, and the second session is the abnormal first packet data network gateway The session affected by the user plane function entity PGW-U; the processing module 1101 is configured to delete the second session and instruct the user equipment corresponding to the second session to re-establish a PDN connection.
本申请实施例提供了一种网络设备。该网络设备可以用于执行上述图10所描述的方法实施例中第一PGW-C的部分或全部功能。该网络设备可以包括处理模块。其中:The embodiment of the present application provides a network device. The network device may be used to perform part or all of the functions of the first PGW-C in the method embodiment described in FIG. 10. The network device may include a processing module. among them:
处理模块,用于在检测到第一分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U发生异常时,确定受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话;处理模块,还用于在接收到第三会话的下行信令时,删除第三会话,并指示第三会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。The processing module is used for determining the third session affected by the first PGW-U when the first packet data network gateway user plane function entity PGW-U is detected to be abnormal; the processing module is also used for receiving the third session When the downlink signaling is performed, the third session is deleted, and the user equipment corresponding to the third session is instructed to re-establish the PDN connection.
在一种具体的设计中,处理模块,还用于在会话中记录会话所使用的PGW-U的标识;处理模块确定受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话的方式具体为:确定会话中具有第一PGW-U的标识的会话为受第一PGW-U影响的第三会话。In a specific design, the processing module is also used to record the identity of the PGW-U used in the session; the processing module determines the third session affected by the first PGW-U specifically as follows: The session with the identifier of the first PGW-U is the third session affected by the first PGW-U.
在一种具体的设计中,该网络设备还包括通信模块。当通信模块接收到第四会话的信令时,根据第四会话的信令向第四会话所使用的第二PGW-U发送消息;通信模块在向第二PGW-U重传消息之后,若第一网络设备在预设时间段内未接收到消息的响应消息,则处理模块删除第四会话,并指示第四会话对应的用户设备重新建立PDN连接。In a specific design, the network device also includes a communication module. When the communication module receives the signaling of the fourth session, it sends a message to the second PGW-U used in the fourth session according to the signaling of the fourth session; after the communication module retransmits the message to the second PGW-U, if If the first network device does not receive the response message of the message within the preset time period, the processing module deletes the fourth session and instructs the user equipment corresponding to the fourth session to re-establish the PDN connection.
请参见图12,图12是本申请实施例公开的一种网络设备的结构示意图。如图12所示,该网络设备包括处理器1201、存储器1202和通信接口1203。其中,处理器1201、存储器1202和通信接口1203相连。Please refer to FIG. 12, which is a schematic structural diagram of a network device disclosed in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12, the network device includes a processor 1201, a memory 1202, and a communication interface 1203. Among them, the processor 1201, the memory 1202 and the communication interface 1203 are connected.
其中,处理器1201可以是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),通用处理器,协处理器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),专用集成电路(application-specific  integrated circuit,ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。该处理器1201也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。The processor 1201 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a coprocessor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), or an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC). , Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. The processor 1201 may also be a combination for realizing computing functions, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, DSP and microprocessor combinations, and so on.
其中,通信接口1203用于实现与接入网设备之间的通信。Among them, the communication interface 1203 is used to implement communication with the access network device.
其中,处理器1201调用存储器1202中存储的程序代码,可执行上述方法实施例中MME、SGW-C、SGW-U、PGW-C或SGW-U所执行的步骤。Wherein, the processor 1201 calls the program code stored in the memory 1202 to execute the steps performed by the MME, SGW-C, SGW-U, PGW-C, or SGW-U in the foregoing method embodiment.
基于同一发明构思,本申请实施例中提供的网络设备解决问题的原理与本申请方法实施例中MME、SGW-C、SGW-U、PGW-C或SGW-U解决问题的原理相似,因此各设备的实施可以参见方法的实施,为简洁描述,在这里不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, the principle of solving the problem by the network device provided in the embodiment of this application is similar to the principle of solving the problem by the MME, SGW-C, SGW-U, PGW-C, or SGW-U in the method embodiment of this application. For the implementation of the device, refer to the implementation of the method. For a concise description, it will not be repeated here.
在上述实施例中,对各个实施例的描述都各有侧重,某个实施例中没有详述的部分,可以参见其他实施例的相关描述。In the above-mentioned embodiments, the description of each embodiment has its own focus. For parts that are not described in detail in an embodiment, reference may be made to related descriptions of other embodiments.
最后应说明的是:以上各实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述各实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。Finally, it should be noted that the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the application, not to limit them; although the application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand: It is still possible to modify the technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments, or equivalently replace some or all of the technical features; these modifications or replacements do not make the essence of the corresponding technical solutions deviate from the technical solutions of the embodiments of the application range.

Claims (18)

  1. 一种网关选择系统,其特征在于,所述网关选择系统包括移动管理实体MME、多个服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C以及多个服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U,其中:A gateway selection system, characterized in that the gateway selection system includes a mobility management entity MME, multiple serving gateway control plane function entities SGW-C, and multiple serving gateway user plane function entities SGW-U, wherein:
    第一SGW-C,用于在检测到第一SGW-U发生异常时,向所述MME发送所述第一SGW-U的标识,所述第一SGW-C为所述多个SGW-C中的一个SGW-C,所述第一SGW-U为所述多个SGW-U中与所述第一SGW-C对接的SGW-U;The first SGW-C is configured to send the identifier of the first SGW-U to the MME when it is detected that the first SGW-U is abnormal, where the first SGW-C is the multiple SGW-Cs One of the SGW-C in the SGW-C, the first SGW-U is the SGW-U that is docked with the first SGW-C among the multiple SGW-Us;
    所述MME,用于从所述第一SGW-C接收所述第一SGW-U的标识;The MME is configured to receive the identity of the first SGW-U from the first SGW-C;
    所述MME,还用于根据所述第一SGW-U的标识确定受所述第一SGW-U影响的第一会话,并为所述第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C;The MME is further configured to determine a first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U, and reselect a second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session;
    所述第二SGW-C,用于为所述第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-U。The second SGW-C is used to reselect a second SGW-U that has not failed for the first session.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的网关选择系统,其特征在于,The gateway selection system according to claim 1, wherein:
    所述MME,还用于在会话中记录所述会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;The MME is also used to record the identification of the SGW-U used in the session in the session;
    所述MME根据所述第一SGW-U的标识确定受所述第一SGW-U影响的第一会话,包括:The MME determining the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U includes:
    所述MME确定会话中具有所述第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受所述第一SGW-U影响的第一会话。The MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的网关选择系统,其特征在于,所述MME为所述第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C,包括:The gateway selection system according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the MME reselecting a second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session comprises:
    当所述MME接收到所述第一会话的上行信令时,所述MME为所述第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C。When the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session, the MME reselects a second SGW-C that is not faulty for the first session.
  4. 根据权利要求1~3中任意一项所述的网关选择系统,其特征在于,所述网关选择系统还包括多个分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C以及多个分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U,其中:The gateway selection system according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the gateway selection system further comprises multiple packet data network gateway control plane functional entities PGW-C and multiple packet data network gateway user planes Functional entity PGW-U, where:
    第一PGW-C,用于从第一PGW-U或所述第一SGW-C接收发生异常的所述第一SGW-U的标识,所述第一PGW-C为所述多个PGW-C中与所述第一SGW-C对接的PGW-C,所述第一PGW-U为所述多个PGW-U中与所述第一SGW-U和所述第一PGW-C对接的PGW-U;The first PGW-C is used to receive the identifier of the first SGW-U that is abnormal from the first PGW-U or the first SGW-C, and the first PGW-C is the multiple PGW- PGW-C docked with the first SGW-C in C, and the first PGW-U is the PGW-U docked with the first SGW-U and the first PGW-C among the plurality of PGW-Us PGW-U;
    所述第一PGW-C,还用于根据所述第一SGW-U的标识确定受所述第一SGW-U影响的第二会话,并用于在接收到所述第二会话的下行信令时,向所述MME发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于触发所述MME为所述第二会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C;The first PGW-C is also used to determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identity of the first SGW-U, and is used to determine the second session affected by the first SGW-U when the downlink signaling of the second session is received When, sending a first message to the MME, where the first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the second session;
    所述MME,还用于从所述第一PGW-C接收所述第一消息,并根据所述第一消息为所述第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C;The MME is further configured to receive the first message from the first PGW-C, and reselect a third SGW-C that has not failed for the second session according to the first message;
    所述第三SGW-C,用于为所述第二会话重新选择未故障的第三SGW-U。The third SGW-C is used to reselect a third SGW-U that has not failed for the second session.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的网关选择系统,其特征在于,The gateway selection system according to claim 4, wherein:
    所述第一SGW-C,还用于向所述第一PGW-C发送会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;The first SGW-C is also used to send the identification of the SGW-U used in the session to the first PGW-C;
    所述第一PGW-C,还用于从所述第一SGW-C接收所述会话所使用的SGW-U的标识,并在所述会话中记录所述会话对应的SGW-U的标识;The first PGW-C is further configured to receive the identifier of the SGW-U used in the session from the first SGW-C, and record the identifier of the SGW-U corresponding to the session in the session;
    所述第一PGW-C根据所述第一SGW-U的标识确定受所述第一SGW-U影响的第二会话,包括:The determining, by the first PGW-C, according to the identifier of the first SGW-U, the second session affected by the first SGW-U includes:
    所述第一PGW-C确定会话中具有所述第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受所述第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。The first PGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
  6. 根据权利要求1~3中任意一项所述的网关选择系统,其特征在于,所述网关选择系统还包括多个分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C以及多个分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U,其中:The gateway selection system according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the gateway selection system further comprises multiple packet data network gateway control plane functional entities PGW-C and multiple packet data network gateway user planes Functional entity PGW-U, where:
    所述第一SGW-C,还用于在检测到所述第一SGW-U发生异常时,确定受所述第一SGW-U影响的第二会话;The first SGW-C is further configured to determine a second session affected by the first SGW-U when an abnormality of the first SGW-U is detected;
    第一PGW-C,用于接收所述第二会话对应的第一信令,并根据所述第一信令向所述第一SGW-C发送所述第二会话对应的第二信令,所述第一PGW-C为所述多个PGW-C中与所述第一SGW-C对接的PGW-C;The first PGW-C is configured to receive the first signaling corresponding to the second session, and send the second signaling corresponding to the second session to the first SGW-C according to the first signaling, The first PGW-C is the PGW-C that is docked with the first SGW-C among the plurality of PGW-Cs;
    所述第一SGW-C,还用于从所述第一PGW-C接收所述第二信令,并向所述第一PGW-C发送所述第二信令的响应,所述所述第二信令的响应中携带用于指示未找到所述第二会话的上下文的原因值;The first SGW-C is further configured to receive the second signaling from the first PGW-C, and send a response to the second signaling to the first PGW-C, the The response of the second signaling carries a cause value used to indicate that the context of the second session is not found;
    所述第一PGW-C,还用于从所述第一SGW-C接收所述第二信令的响应,并向所述MME发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于触发所述MME为所述第二会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C;The first PGW-C is further configured to receive a response of the second signaling from the first SGW-C, and send a first message to the MME, where the first message is used to trigger the MME Reselect a non-faulty SGW-C for the second session;
    所述MME,还用于从所述第一PGW-C接收所述第一消息,并根据所述第一消息为所述第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C;The MME is further configured to receive the first message from the first PGW-C, and reselect a third SGW-C that has not failed for the second session according to the first message;
    所述第三SGW-C,用于为所述第二会话重新选择未故障的第三SGW-U。The third SGW-C is used to reselect a third SGW-U that has not failed for the second session.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的网关选择系统,其特征在于,The gateway selection system according to claim 6, wherein:
    所述第一SGW-C,还用于在会话中记录所述会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;The first SGW-C is also used to record the identifier of the SGW-U used in the session in the session;
    所述第一SGW-C确定受所述第一SGW-U影响的第二会话,包括:The first SGW-C determining the second session affected by the first SGW-U includes:
    所述第一SGW-C确定会话中具有所述第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受所述第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。The first SGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
  8. 根据权利要求1~7中任意一项所述的网关选择系统,其特征在于,所述网关选择系统还包括多个分组数据网络网关控制面功能实体PGW-C以及多个分组数据网络网关用户面功能实体PGW-U,其中:The gateway selection system according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the gateway selection system further comprises multiple packet data network gateway control plane functional entities PGW-C and multiple packet data network gateway user planes Functional entity PGW-U, where:
    第一PGW-U,用于在检测到所述第一SGW-U发生异常时,确定受所述第一SGW-U影响的第三会话,所述第一PGW-U为所述多个PGW-U中与所述第一SGW-U对接的PGW-U;The first PGW-U is used to determine a third session affected by the first SGW-U when an abnormality of the first SGW-U is detected, and the first PGW-U is the multiple PGWs -PGW-U docked with the first SGW-U in U;
    所述第一PGW-U,还用于接收到所述第三会话的下行数据报文时,向第一PGW-C发 送通知消息,所述通知消息用于通知所述第三会话接收到下行数据报文,所述第一PGW-C为所述多个PGW-C中与所述第一PGW-U对接的PGW-C;The first PGW-U is also used to send a notification message to the first PGW-C when receiving a downlink data message of the third session, where the notification message is used to notify the third session that the downlink data message is received In a data message, the first PGW-C is the PGW-C that is docked with the first PGW-U among the plurality of PGW-Cs;
    所述第一PGW-C,还用于从所述第一PGW-U接收所述通知消息,并向所述MME发第二消息,所述第二消息用于触发所述MME为所述第三会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C;The first PGW-C is also used to receive the notification message from the first PGW-U and send a second message to the MME, where the second message is used to trigger the MME to become the first Three sessions re-select a non-faulty SGW-C;
    所述MME,还用于从所述PGW-C接收所述第二消息,并根据所述第二消息为所述第三会话重新选择一个未故障的第四SGW-C;The MME is further configured to receive the second message from the PGW-C, and reselect a fourth SGW-C that has not failed for the third session according to the second message;
    所述第四SGW-C,用于为所述第三会话重新选择未故障的第四SGW-U。The fourth SGW-C is used to reselect a fourth SGW-U that has not failed for the third session.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的网关选择系统,其特征在于,The gateway selection system according to claim 8, wherein:
    所述第一PGW-U,还用于在会话中记录所述会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;The first PGW-U is also used to record the identification of the SGW-U used in the session in the session;
    所述第一PGW-U确定受所述第一SGW-U影响的第三会话,包括:The determining, by the first PGW-U, of the third session affected by the first SGW-U includes:
    所述第一PGW-U确定会话中具有所述第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受所述第一SGW-U影响的第三会话。The first PGW-U determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first SGW-U.
  10. 一种网关选择方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:A gateway selection method, characterized in that the method further includes:
    第一服务网关控制面功能实体SGW-C在检测到与第一SGW-C对接的第一服务网关用户面功能实体SGW-U发生异常时,向移动管理实体MME发送所述第一SGW-U的标识;When the first serving gateway control plane function entity SGW-C detects that the first serving gateway user plane function entity SGW-U docked with the first SGW-C is abnormal, it sends the first SGW-U to the mobility management entity MME The logo;
    所述MME从所述第一SGW-C接收所述第一SGW-U的标识;Receiving, by the MME, the identifier of the first SGW-U from the first SGW-C;
    所述MME根据所述第一SGW-U的标识确定受所述第一SGW-U影响的第一会话,并为所述第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C;The MME determines the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U, and reselects a second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session;
    所述第二SGW-C为所述第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-U。The second SGW-C reselects a second SGW-U that has not failed for the first session.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述MME在会话中记录所述会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;The MME records the SGW-U identifier used by the session in the session;
    所述MME根据所述第一SGW-U的标识确定受所述第一SGW-U影响的第一会话,包括:The MME determining the first session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U includes:
    所述MME确定会话中具有所述第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受所述第一SGW-U影响的第一会话。The MME determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the first session affected by the first SGW-U.
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述MME为所述第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C,包括:The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the MME reselecting a second SGW-C that has not failed for the first session comprises:
    当所述MME接收到所述第一会话的上行信令时,所述MME为所述第一会话重新选择未故障的第二SGW-C。When the MME receives the uplink signaling of the first session, the MME reselects a second SGW-C that is not faulty for the first session.
  13. 根据权利要求10~12中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    第一PGW-C从第一PGW-U或所述第一SGW-C接收发生异常的所述第一SGW-U的标识,所述第一PGW-C为与所述第一SGW-C对接的PGW-C,所述第一PGW-U为与所述 第一SGW-U和所述第一PGW-C对接的PGW-U;The first PGW-C receives the identifier of the abnormal first SGW-U from the first PGW-U or the first SGW-C, where the first PGW-C is docked with the first SGW-C , The first PGW-U is a PGW-U docked with the first SGW-U and the first PGW-C;
    所述第一PGW-C根据所述第一SGW-U的标识确定受所述第一SGW-U影响的第二会话;Determining, by the first PGW-C, the second session affected by the first SGW-U according to the identifier of the first SGW-U;
    所述第一PGW-C在接收到所述第二会话的下行信令时,向所述MME发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于触发所述MME为所述第二会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C;When receiving the downlink signaling of the second session, the first PGW-C sends a first message to the MME, and the first message is used to trigger the MME to reselect one for the second session SGW-C without failure;
    所述MME从所述第一PGW-C接收所述第一消息,并根据所述第一消息为所述第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C;The MME receives the first message from the first PGW-C, and reselects a third SGW-C that is not faulty for the second session according to the first message;
    所述第三SGW-C为所述第二会话重新选择未故障的第三SGW-U。The third SGW-C reselects a third SGW-U that has not failed for the second session.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 13, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一SGW-C向所述第一PGW-C发送会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;Sending, by the first SGW-C, an identifier of the SGW-U used in the session to the first PGW-C;
    所述第一PGW-C从所述第一SGW-C接收所述会话所使用的SGW-U的标识,并在所述会话中记录所述会话对应的SGW-U的标识;The first PGW-C receives the identifier of the SGW-U used in the session from the first SGW-C, and records the identifier of the SGW-U corresponding to the session in the session;
    所述第一PGW-C根据所述第一SGW-U的标识确定受所述第一SGW-U影响的第二会话,包括:The determining, by the first PGW-C, according to the identifier of the first SGW-U, the second session affected by the first SGW-U includes:
    所述第一PGW-C确定会话中具有所述第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受所述第一SGW-U影响的第二会话。The first PGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
  15. 根据权利要求10~12中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一SGW-C在检测到所述第一SGW-U发生异常时,确定受所述第一SGW-U影响的第二会话;When the first SGW-C detects that the first SGW-U is abnormal, determining the second session affected by the first SGW-U;
    第一PGW-C接收所述第二会话对应的第一信令,并根据所述第一信令向所述第一SGW-C发送所述第二会话对应的第二信令,所述第一PGW-C为与所述第一SGW-C对接的PGW-C;The first PGW-C receives the first signaling corresponding to the second session, and sends the second signaling corresponding to the second session to the first SGW-C according to the first signaling. One PGW-C is the PGW-C docked with the first SGW-C;
    所述第一SGW-C从所述第一PGW-C接收所述第二信令,并向所述第一PGW-C发送所述第二信令的响应,所述所述第二信令的响应中携带用于指示未找到所述第二会话的上下文的原因值;The first SGW-C receives the second signaling from the first PGW-C, and sends a response to the second signaling to the first PGW-C, the second signaling The response of contains a reason value indicating that the context of the second session is not found;
    所述第一PGW-C从所述第一SGW-C接收所述第二信令的响应,并向所述MME发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于触发所述MME为所述第二会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C;The first PGW-C receives the response of the second signaling from the first SGW-C, and sends a first message to the MME, where the first message is used to trigger the MME to become the first Second, the session selects a non-faulty SGW-C again;
    所述MME从所述第一PGW-C接收所述第一消息,并根据所述第一消息为所述第二会话重新选择一个未故障的第三SGW-C;The MME receives the first message from the first PGW-C, and reselects a third SGW-C that is not faulty for the second session according to the first message;
    所述第三SGW-C为所述第二会话重新选择未故障的第三SGW-U。The third SGW-C reselects a third SGW-U that has not failed for the second session.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一SGW-C在会话中记录所述会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;The first SGW-C records in the session the identifier of the SGW-U used in the session;
    所述第一SGW-C确定受所述第一SGW-U影响的第二会话,包括:The first SGW-C determining the second session affected by the first SGW-U includes:
    所述第一SGW-C确定会话中具有所述第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受所述第一 SGW-U影响的第二会话。The first SGW-C determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the second session affected by the first SGW-U.
  17. 根据权利要求10~16中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 16, wherein the method further comprises:
    第一PGW-U在检测到所述第一SGW-U发生异常时,确定受所述第一SGW-U影响的第三会话,所述第一PGW-U为与所述第一SGW-U对接的PGW-U;When the first PGW-U detects that the first SGW-U is abnormal, it determines the third session affected by the first SGW-U, and the first PGW-U is connected to the first SGW-U. PGW-U docked;
    所述第一PGW-U接收到所述第三会话的下行数据报文时,向第一PGW-C发送通知消息,所述通知消息用于通知所述第三会话接收到下行数据报文,所述第一PGW-C为与所述第一PGW-U对接的PGW-C;When the first PGW-U receives the downlink data packet of the third session, it sends a notification message to the first PGW-C, where the notification message is used to notify the third session that the downlink data packet is received, The first PGW-C is a PGW-C docked with the first PGW-U;
    所述第一PGW-C从所述第一PGW-U接收所述通知消息,并向所述MME发第二消息,所述第二消息用于触发所述MME为所述第三会话重新选择一个未故障的SGW-C;The first PGW-C receives the notification message from the first PGW-U and sends a second message to the MME, where the second message is used to trigger the MME to reselect for the third session A non-faulty SGW-C;
    所述MME从所述PGW-C接收所述第二消息,并根据所述第二消息为所述第三会话重新选择一个未故障的第四SGW-C;The MME receives the second message from the PGW-C, and reselects a non-faulty fourth SGW-C for the third session according to the second message;
    所述第四SGW-C为所述第三会话重新选择未故障的第四SGW-U。The fourth SGW-C reselects a fourth SGW-U that has not failed for the third session.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 17, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一PGW-U在会话中记录所述会话所使用的SGW-U的标识;The first PGW-U records the SGW-U identifier used by the session in the session;
    所述第一PGW-U确定受所述第一SGW-U影响的第三会话,包括:The determining, by the first PGW-U, of the third session affected by the first SGW-U includes:
    所述第一PGW-U确定会话中具有所述第一SGW-U的标识的会话为受所述第一SGW-U影响的第三会话。The first PGW-U determines that the session with the identifier of the first SGW-U in the session is the third session affected by the first SGW-U.
PCT/CN2020/081939 2019-03-29 2020-03-28 Gateway selection system and method WO2020200136A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910251671.8 2019-03-29
CN201910251671.8A CN111757401B (en) 2019-03-29 2019-03-29 Gateway selection system and method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020200136A1 true WO2020200136A1 (en) 2020-10-08

Family

ID=72664697

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/081939 WO2020200136A1 (en) 2019-03-29 2020-03-28 Gateway selection system and method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111757401B (en)
WO (1) WO2020200136A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113242141B (en) * 2021-03-31 2022-07-26 联想(北京)有限公司 Fault detection method and device for user plane network element

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170126618A1 (en) * 2015-11-02 2017-05-04 Cisco Technology, Inc. System and method for providing a change in user equipment packet data network internet protocol address in a split control and user plane evolved packet core architecture
WO2018058618A1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-05 华为技术有限公司 Fault processing method and device
CN108353450A (en) * 2015-11-06 2018-07-31 英特尔Ip公司 Down link data when being control plane node and user plane node for SGW points for idle mode UE is handled

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5113684B2 (en) * 2008-09-05 2013-01-09 株式会社日立製作所 Access gateway device control method and communication system
CN102137487B (en) * 2010-12-31 2013-11-06 华为技术有限公司 Method and equipment for selecting service gateway
MX359493B (en) * 2013-12-30 2018-09-07 Huawei Tech Co Ltd Fault handling method, packet data network, mobility management entity, and network system.
KR101922577B1 (en) * 2013-12-31 2018-11-27 후아웨이 테크놀러지 컴퍼니 리미티드 Service processing method and device
CN104955086A (en) * 2014-03-24 2015-09-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 MBMS error handling method, communication node and communication system
CN105338560B (en) * 2014-08-07 2019-02-26 中国电信股份有限公司 Gateway disaster recovery method, equipment and system
CN105338653A (en) * 2014-08-07 2016-02-17 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method and equipment supporting UE bearing recovery
CN105813119B (en) * 2014-12-31 2019-06-14 中国电信股份有限公司 Disaster-tolerant recovery method, network element and communication system
CN108684078B (en) * 2015-08-17 2019-09-20 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and device updating user plane gateway

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170126618A1 (en) * 2015-11-02 2017-05-04 Cisco Technology, Inc. System and method for providing a change in user equipment packet data network internet protocol address in a split control and user plane evolved packet core architecture
CN108353450A (en) * 2015-11-06 2018-07-31 英特尔Ip公司 Down link data when being control plane node and user plane node for SGW points for idle mode UE is handled
WO2018058618A1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-05 华为技术有限公司 Fault processing method and device

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ERICSSON ET AL.,: "S1-U Path Failure Enhancement,", 3GPP TSG CT WG4 MEETING #86, C4-186267,, 24 August 2018 (2018-08-24), XP051574897 *
HUAWEI,: "Corrections on CUPS restorations,", 3GPP TSG CT WG4 MEETING #85BIS, C4-185424,, 13 July 2018 (2018-07-13), XP051466484 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111757401B (en) 2021-12-14
CN111757401A (en) 2020-10-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10050827B2 (en) Method and apparatus for monitoring connectivity in a long term evolution network
US8892134B2 (en) Mobile communication method, call control node, priority control node and mobility management node
CN111556517B (en) Abnormal link processing method and equipment
US10165618B2 (en) Service processing method and device
US9667481B2 (en) Correlation identifier for user plane congestion and other use cases
US20170180189A1 (en) Functional status exchange between network nodes, failure detection and system functionality recovery
US11700553B2 (en) Method of apparatus for monitoring for a radio link failure associated with a secondary cell of a secondary base station
US20200205226A1 (en) Session establishment method and apparatus
US11937168B2 (en) Method and apparatus for session management
US20130142120A1 (en) Mobile communication method and call session control server device
KR102634004B1 (en) Method and apparatus for supporting release of SIPTO bearer or LIPA bearer in dual connectivity architecture
US11910459B2 (en) Method and apparatus for user plane path failure and recovery handling
US20160316402A1 (en) Failure handling method, packet data network, mobility management entity, and network system
WO2020200136A1 (en) Gateway selection system and method
WO2021136047A1 (en) Fault recovery method and apparatus for gateway
WO2013037271A1 (en) Multi-access method and system
WO2019090489A1 (en) Method for configuring radio resource, terminal device and network device
WO2023045436A1 (en) Information sending method and apparatus
EP4319314A1 (en) Signal sending and receiving method, signal sending and receiving apparatus, and communication system
WO2023059725A1 (en) Managing quality of experience reporting after recovering from failure
CN103004277A (en) Control method, communication apparatus, user device and processor for bearer establishment
CN117121551A (en) Method and apparatus for storing and reporting information related to PSCELL change procedure

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20783537

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20783537

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1